summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/graphics/pgf/contrib/pgfgantt/pgfgantt.dtx
blob: 7bb4d521388c69dbf23a91343461f549b27b0bd8 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
% Copyright (C) 2018 by Wolfgang Skala
%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
% The latest version of this license is in
%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
% version 2008/05/04 or later.
%
% \fi
%
% \iffalse
%<pgfgantt>\ProvidesPackage{pgfgantt}[2018/01/10 v5.0 Draw Gantt diagrams with TikZ]
%<pgfgantt>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
%
%<*driver>
\documentclass[captions=tableheading,cleardoublepage=empty]{scrartcl}
\usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel}
	\addto\extrasenglish{\extrasngerman}
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage[hdivide={2cm,*,5cm}]{geometry}
\usepackage{url}
\usepackage[dvipsnames]{xcolor}
\usepackage{listings}
\usepackage{array,booktabs}
	\lstset{
		language=[AlLaTeX]TeX,
		basicstyle=\ttfamily,
		texcsstyle=*\color{RoyalBlue},
		keywordstyle=\color{Maroon},
		commentstyle=\itshape\color{black!50},
		columns=fullflexible,
		keepspaces=true,
		backgroundcolor=\color{black!5},
		tabsize=2,
		gobble=2,
		frame=tlrb,
		framesep=.25em,
		xleftmargin=.25em,
		xrightmargin=.25em,
		rulecolor=\color{white},
		alsoletter={*},
		morekeywords={ganttchart,tikzpicture,tabular},
		moretexcs={
			ganttalignnewline,gantttitle,gantttitlelist,gantttitlecalendar,
			gantttitlecalendar*,ganttbar,ganttlink,ganttlinkedgroup,
			ganttlinkedbar,ganttmilestone,ganttlinkedmilestone,ganttgroup,
			ganttset,ganttnewline,textcolor,foreach,draw,
			pgfcalendarweekdayshortname,usetikzlibrary,
			color,rotatebox,definecolor,sfdefault,mddefault,bfdefault,fcolorbox,
			newganttlinktype,newganttlinktypealias,setganttlinklabel,
			ganttsetstartanchor,ganttsetendanchor,xLeft,xRight,yUpper,yLower,
			ganttlinklabel,ganttvalueof,pgfcalendarweekdayname,pgfcalendarweekdayletter,
			pgfcalendarmonthshortname,currentweek,startyear,startmonth,startday,x,y,
			pgfcalendarweekday,pgfcalendarmonth,newgantttimeslotformat,pgfcalendardatetojulian,
			newganttchartelement,newganttchartelement*,gantt,ganttlinked,ganttfoobar,ganttlinkedfoobar,ganttvrule
		},
		escapeinside=`',
		escapebegin=\begin{rmfamily},
		escapeend=\end{rmfamily},
		emph={list},
		emphstyle=\color{black},
	}
	\lstnewenvironment{texcode}[1][]{\lstset{basicstyle=\small\ttfamily,#1}}{}
\usepackage{doc}
	\setlength\MacroIndent{0pt}
	\setlength\MacroTopsep\parskip
	\setlength\MacrocodeTopsep\medskipamount
	\def\MacroFont{\small\ttfamily}
	\def\theCodelineNo{\sffamily\scriptsize\color{black!50}\arabic{CodelineNo}}
	\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
	\def\pack#1{\textsf{#1}}
	\def\main#1{\textit{#1}}
	\def\usage#1{\textbf{#1}}
	\def\opt#1{\textcolor{OliveGreen}{\texttt{#1}}}
	\providecommand\marg[1]{{\ttfamily\char`\{}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\}}}
	\providecommand\oarg[1]{{\ttfamily[}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily]}}
	\def\PrintDescribeMacro#1{\strut\MacroFont\color{RoyalBlue}\string#1}
	\def\PrintDescribeEnv#1{\strut\MacroFont\color{Maroon}#1}
	\def\PrintDescribeOpt#1{\strut\MacroFont\color{OliveGreen}#1}
	\def\PrintMacroName#1{\strut\MacroFont\color{RoyalBlue}\string#1}
	\def\PrintEnvName#1{\strut\MacroFont\color{Maroon}#1}
	\def\PrintOptName#1{\strut\MacroFont\color{OliveGreen}#1}
	\def\PrintIntMacroName#1{\strut\MacroFont\string#1}

\makeatletter
\def\page@wrindex#1{\if@filesw
        \immediate\write\@indexfile
            {\string\indexentry{#1}%
            {\thepage}}\fi}

\def\SpecialUsageIndex#1{\@bsphack
   {\let\special@index\page@wrindex\SpecialIndex@{#1}{\encapchar usage}}%
   \@esphack}
\def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack\page@wrindex{%
                                      #1\actualchar
                                      {\string\ttfamily\space#1}
                                         (environment)%
                                      \encapchar usage}%
    \page@wrindex{environments:\levelchar#1\actualchar{%
                   \string\ttfamily\space#1}\encapchar
           usage}\@esphack}
\def\SpecialOptIndex#1{\@bsphack\page@wrindex{%
                                      #1\actualchar
                                      {\string\ttfamily\space#1}
                                         (option)%
                                      \encapchar usage}%
    \page@wrindex{options:\levelchar#1\actualchar{%
                   \string\ttfamily\space#1}\encapchar
           usage}\@esphack}
\def\SpecialMainOptIndex#1{\@bsphack\special@index{%
                                      #1\actualchar
                                      {\string\ttfamily\space#1}
                                         (option)%
                                      \encapchar main}%
    \special@index{options:\levelchar#1\actualchar{%
                   \string\ttfamily\space#1}\encapchar
           main}\@esphack}

\def\DescribeOpt{\Describe@Opt}
\def\Describe@Macro#1{\endgroup
              \marginpar{\rlap{\raggedright\PrintDescribeMacro{#1}}}%
              \SpecialUsageIndex{#1}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
\def\Describe@Env#1{\endgroup
              \marginpar{\rlap{\raggedright\PrintDescribeEnv{#1}}}%
              \SpecialEnvIndex{#1}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
\def\Describe@Opt#1{\SpecialOptIndex{#1}\ignorespaces}

\def\macro{\begingroup
   \catcode`\\12
   \MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@ 1}
\def\environment{\begingroup
   \catcode`\\12
   \MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@ 2}
\def\option{\begingroup
   \catcode`\\12
   \MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@ 3}
\def\intmacro{\begingroup
   \catcode`\\12
   \MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@ 4}
\long\def\m@cro@#1#2{\endgroup \topsep\MacroTopsep \trivlist
   \edef\saved@macroname{\string#2}%
  \def\makelabel##1{\rlap{\hskip5pt\hskip\textwidth\hskip\marginparsep##1}}%
  \if@inlabel
    \let\@tempa\@empty \count@\macro@cnt
    \loop \ifnum\count@>\z@
      \edef\@tempa{\@tempa\hbox{\strut}}\advance\count@\m@ne \repeat
    \edef\makelabel##1{\rlap{\hskip5pt\hskip\textwidth\hskip\marginparsep\vtop to\baselineskip
                               {\@tempa\hbox{##1}\vss}}}%
    \advance \macro@cnt \@ne
  \else  \macro@cnt\@ne  \fi
  \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\item[%
     \ifcase #1\or%
       \noexpand\PrintMacroName
     \or
       \noexpand\PrintEnvName
     \or
       \noexpand\PrintOptName
     \or
       \noexpand\PrintIntMacroName
     \fi
     {\string#2}]}%
  \@tempa
  \global\advance\c@CodelineNo\@ne
   \ifcase #1\or%
      \SpecialMainIndex{#2}\nobreak
      \DoNotIndex{#2}%
   \or
      \SpecialMainEnvIndex{#2}\nobreak
   \or
      \SpecialMainOptIndex{#2}\nobreak
   \or
      \SpecialMainIndex{#2}\nobreak
      \DoNotIndex{#2}%
   \fi
  \global\advance\c@CodelineNo\m@ne
  \ignorespaces}
\let\endoption\endmacro
\let\endintmacro\endmacro
\renewenvironment{theglossary}{\glossary@prologue\GlossaryParms\let\item\@idxitem\ignorespaces}{}
\makeatother

\AtBeginDocument{\lstMakeShortInline|}

\begingroup
  \makeatletter
  \def\x\begingroup#1\@nil{%
    \endgroup
    \def\DoNotIndex{%
      \begingroup
      \@makeother\#%
      \@makeother\$%
      \@makeother\%%
      \@makeother\^%
      \@makeother\_%
      \@makeother\~%
      \@makeother\ %
      \@makeother\&%
      #1%
    }%
  }%
\expandafter\x\DoNotIndex\@nil

\usepackage[
	hyperfootnotes=false,
	bookmarksnumbered,%
	bookmarksopen,%
	bookmarksopenlevel=1,%
	breaklinks,%
	linktocpage,%
	pdfborder={0 0 0},%
	pdfhighlight=/N%
]{hyperref}%

\makeatletter
\newsavebox\keybox
\newcommand\keyline[4][=]{%
	\savebox\keybox{\texttt{\textcolor{OliveGreen!50}{/pgfgantt/}\textcolor{OliveGreen}{#2}\space#1}#3}%
	\noindent\DescribeOpt{#2}\usebox\keybox%
	\settowidth\@tempdimb{\texttt{#4}}%
	\@tempdima=\textwidth\relax%
	\advance\@tempdima by-\wd\keybox\relax%
	\advance\@tempdima by-5mm\relax%
	\ifdim\@tempdima<\@tempdimb\relax\\\fi%
	\hspace*{\fill}\texttt{#4}%
	\par\noindent\ignorespaces%
}
\makeatother
\newenvironment{key}[4][=]{%
	\bigskip%
	\keyline[#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}%
}{}
\def\TikZ{Ti\textit{k}Z}
\DeclareRobustCommand\cs[1]{\texttt{\char`\\#1}}

\def\GlossaryParms{%
	\def\pfill##1{}
	\parindent 0pt
	\parskip 0pt plus 1pt
	\small\raggedright
	\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 30pt}%
	\def\subitem{\@idxitem\hspace*{15pt}}%
	\def\subsubitem{\@idxitem\hspace*{25pt}}%
	\def\indexspace{\par\vspace{10pt plus 2pt minus 3pt}}%
}

\usepackage{pgfgantt}

\usetikzlibrary{shadows,shadings,decorations.pathmorphing,shapes.misc}

\EnableCrossrefs
\CodelineIndex
\RecordChanges
\IndexPrologue{\clearpage\section{Index}\markboth{Index}{Index}Bold numbers refer to the page where the corresponding entry is described; italic numbers refer to the code line of the definition; upright numbers refer to the code lines where the entry is used.}
\GlossaryPrologue{\clearpage\section{Change History}\markboth{Change history}{Change history}}


\setkomafont{title}{\rmfamily\bfseries}
\addtokomafont{sectioning}{\rmfamily}
\normalmarginpar
\pdfpageattr{/Group <</S /Transparency /I true /CS /DeviceRGB>>}

\begin{document}
	\DocInput{pgfgantt.dtx}
\end{document}
%</driver>
% \fi
%
% \CheckSum{2245}
%
% \CharacterTable
%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
%
%
% \GetFileInfo{pgfgantt.sty}
%
% \DoNotIndex{\@auxout,\@empty,\@firstoftwo,\@ifundefined,\@namedef,\@nameuse,\@tempa,\@tempb,\@tempc,\@tempcnta,\@tempcntb,\@tempdima,\advance,\anchor,\backgroundpath,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\breakforeach,\clip,\csname,\def,\divide,\draw,\edef,\else,\end,\endcsname,\endgroup,\expandafter,\fi,\foreach,\global,\i,\ifcase,\ifdate,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifx,\inheritanchor,\inheritanchorborder,\inheritbackgroundpath,\inheritsavedanchors,\itshape,\kernel@ifnextchar,\let,\multiply,\newcommand,\newcount,\newenvironment,\newif,\node,\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\northeast,\outernortheast,\PackageError,\PackageWarning,\path,\pgf@process,\pgf@x,\pgf@y,\pgf@xa,\pgf@xb,\pgf@xc,\pgf@ya,\pgf@yb,\pgf@yc,\pgfcalendar,\pgfcalendarbeginjulian,\pgfcalendarcurrentday,\pgfcalendarcurrentjulian,\pgfcalendarcurrentmonth,\pgfcalendarcurrentweekday,\pgfcalendarcurrentyear,\pgfcalendardatetojulian,\pgfcalendarendiso,\pgfcalendarifdateday,\pgfcalendarifdatemonth,\pgfcalendarifdateyear,\pgfcalendarjuliantodate,\pgfcalendarmatchestrue,\pgfdeclareshape,\pgfextractx,\pgfkeys,\pgfkeyscurrentname,\pgfkeyssetvalue,\pgfkeysvalueof,\pgfmathparse,\pgfmathprintnumber,\pgfmathresult,\pgfmathsetlength,\pgfmathsetmacro,\pgfpathclose,\pgfpathlineto,\pgfpathmoveto,\pgfpoint,\pgfpointadd,\pgfpointanchor,\pgfpointdiff,\pgfpointscale,\pgfqkeys,\protected@write,\relax,\RequirePackage,\savedanchor,\scriptsize,\setcounter,\small,\southwest,\stepcounter,\string,\strut,\t,\the,\tikz@align@newline,\usetikzlibrary,\value,\x,\xdef}
%
% 
% \title{Drawing Gantt Charts in \LaTeX\\with \TikZ}
% \subtitle{The \texttt{pgfgantt} Package}
% \author{Wolfgang Skala\thanks{Department of Biosciences, University of Salzburg, Austria; \texttt{Wolfgang.Skala@sbg.ac.at}}}
% \date{\fileversion\\\filedate}
% \maketitle
%
% \begin{abstract}
% The \pack{pgfgantt} package provides the |ganttchart| environment, which draws a Gantt chart within a \TikZ\ picture. The user may add various elements to the chart, for example, titles, bars, groups, milestones and different links between these elements. The appearance of the chart elements is highly customizable, and even new chart elements may be defined.
% \end{abstract}
%
% \clearpage\tableofcontents
% \changes{v5.0}{2018/01/10}{\cs{gantttitlecalendar} now recognizes the \texttt{decade} key.}
% \changes{v5.0}{2018/01/10}{Key \texttt{compress calendar} has been replaced by \texttt{time slot unit} to allow an additional level of compression (year).}
% \changes{v5.0}{2018/01/10}{The command \cs{ganttvrule} allows to draw general vertical rules (similar to the today rule). The keys \texttt{vrule}, \texttt{vrule offset}, \texttt{vrule label font} and \texttt{vrule label text} configure those rules.}
% \changes{v5.0}{2018/01/10}{The key \texttt{expand chart} was added, which specifies that a chart should expand horizontally to a given dimension.}
% \changes{v5.0}{2018/01/10}{The key \texttt{title label text} was added to allow fine-tuning of title label formatting.}
% \changes{v5.0}{2018/01/10}{Made \pack{pgfgantt} robust to \pack{amsgen}'s redefinition of \cs{@ifstar}.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The key \texttt{link label anchor} was renamed to \texttt{link label node}.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{\cs{newganttchartelement} defines completely new chart elements.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The key \texttt{progress label anchor} was replaced by \texttt{bar}/\texttt{group}/\texttt{milestone progress label node}.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The keys \texttt{bar}/\texttt{group}/\texttt{milestone progress label anchor} were added.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The key \texttt{progress label font} was replaced by the keys \texttt{bar}/\texttt{group}/\texttt{milestone progress label font}.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The key \texttt{incomplete} was removed.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The keys \texttt{group right}/\texttt{left peak} and \texttt{group peaks} were replaced by \texttt{group right}/\texttt{left peak tip position}, \texttt{group peaks tip position}, \texttt{group right}/\texttt{left peak width}, \texttt{group peaks width}, \texttt{group right}/\texttt{left peak height} and \texttt{group peaks height}.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{Chart elements are now nodes, so the corresponding styles must specify a node shape.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The key \texttt{time slot modifier} was renamed to \texttt{chart element start border}.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The keys \texttt{bar}/\texttt{group}/\texttt{milestone label inline anchor} were renamed to \texttt{bar}/\texttt{group}/\texttt{milestone inline label node}.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The keys \texttt{bar}/\texttt{group}/\texttt{milestone label shape anchor} were renamed to \texttt{bar}/\texttt{group}/\texttt{milestone inline label anchor}.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The keys \texttt{bar}/\texttt{group}/\texttt{milestone label anchor} were renamed to \texttt{bar}/\texttt{group}/\texttt{milestone label node}.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The key \texttt{title label anchor} was renamed to \texttt{title label node}.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{\cs{gantttitlecalendar} prints a title calendar.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The keys \texttt{calendar week text} and \texttt{compress calendar} were added.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The key \texttt{newline shortcut} determines whether the shortcut for line breaks is defined in the chart. In this case, \cs{ganttalignnewline} allows line breaks in the node text.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The keys \texttt{today offset}, \texttt{today label font} and \texttt{today label node} were added.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The key \texttt{today} accepts a time slot specifier.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The canvas is now a node with shape \texttt{rectangle} by default.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{\cs{newgantttimeslotformat} allows the user to define custom time slot formats.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The key \texttt{time slot format/start date} specifies the internal date representation of digit 1 in the \texttt{simple} time slot format.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The key \texttt{time slot format/base century} provides the century for autocompletion of two-digit years.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The key \texttt{time slot format} changes the format of time slot specifiers.}
% \changes{v4.0}{2013/06/01}{The \texttt{ganttchart} environment now requires two mandatory arguments.}
% 
% \changes{v3.0}{2012/01/25}{\cs{setganttlinklabel} specifies the label for all links of a certain type. The \texttt{link label} key locally overrides any label set by this command.}
% \changes{v3.0}{2012/01/25}{The \texttt{chart element} shape supports four additional anchors (\texttt{on left}, \texttt{on top}, \texttt{on right} and \texttt{on bottom}).}
% \changes{v3.0}{2012/01/25}{\cs{@gtt@get} has been renamed to \cs{ganttvalueof} to provide a convenient access for link type authors.}
% \changes{v3.0}{2012/01/25}{\cs{@gtt@keydef} and \cs{@gtt@stylekeydef} have been rewritten to support \texttt{pgfkey}'s abilities to store key values.}
% \changes{v3.0}{2012/01/25}{New auxiliary macros for \cs{newganttlinkstyle}: \cs{xLeft}, \cs{xRight}, \cs{yUpper}, \cs{yLower}, \cs{ganttsetstartanchor}, \cs{ganttsetendanchor} and \cs{ganttlinklabel}.}
% \changes{v3.0}{2012/01/25}{Completely rewrote the code for links (again). Definition of new link types is now possible (via \cs{newganttlinktype} and \cs{newganttlinktypealias}).}
% \changes{v3.0}{2012/01/25}{The \texttt{bar/group/milestone label shape anchor} keys allow for a fine-tuned placement of chart element labels.}
% \changes{v3.0}{2012/01/25}{All style keys (\texttt{canvas}, \texttt{bar} etc.) only support the common \TikZ\ style key syntax.}
% \changes{v2.1}{2011/11/10}{The \texttt{inline} key moves labels close to their respective chart elements.}
% \changes{v2.1}{2011/11/10}{Added three keys (\texttt{bar/group/milestone label inline anchor}) for placing inline labels.}
% \changes{v2.1}{2011/11/10}{The \texttt{ganttchart} environment may be used outside a \texttt{tikzpicture}.}
% \changes{v2.0}{2011/10/10}{The syntax of \cs{ganttlink} was completely changed. The command now takes one optional and \textit{two} mandatory arguments. The latter specify the name of the chart elements to be linked. Consequently, the keys \texttt{b-b}, \texttt{b-m}, \texttt{m-b} and \texttt{m-m} were removed. The keys \texttt{s-s}, \texttt{s-f}, \texttt{f-s} and \texttt{f-f} are now values for the \texttt{link type} key.}
% \changes{v2.0}{2011/10/10}{The optional argument of \cs{ganttnewline} now also accepts a style.}
% \changes{v2.0}{2011/10/10}{Removed the \texttt{hgrid shift} and \texttt{last line height} keys.}
% \changes{v2.0}{2011/10/10}{Removed the \texttt{vgrid lines list} key, as its behaviour can be simulated by an appropriate \meta{style list} for \texttt{vgrid}.}
% \changes{v2.0}{2011/10/10}{Added style lists for the horizontal and vertical grid.}
% \changes{v2.0}{2011/10/10}{Removed the \texttt{vgrid style} key.}
% \changes{v2.0}{2011/10/10}{Completely rewrote the calculation of coordinates.}
% \changes{v2.0}{2011/10/10}{The \texttt{x unit}, \texttt{y unit title} and \texttt{y unit chart} keys specify the width of time slots and the height of title or chart lines, respectively. Thus, one can draw titles whose height differs from the rest of the chart. Furthermore, the $x$- and $y$-dimensions of the chart are independent of the dimensions of the surrounding \texttt{tikzpicture}.}
% \changes{v1.1}{2011/04/18}{\texttt{link tolerance} decides whether a five- or a three-part link is drawn.}
% \changes{v1.1}{2011/04/18}{\texttt{milestone label text} configures the text of a milestone label.}
% \changes{v1.1}{2011/04/18}{\texttt{bar label text} configures the text of a bar label.}
% \changes{v1.1}{2011/04/18}{The \texttt{time slot modifier} key has been added. If set to zero, all $x$-coordinates are interpreted as given, without regarding them as time slots.}
% \changes{v1.1}{2011/04/18}{The \texttt{vgrid lines list} key determines the number of vertical grid lines drawn.}
% \changes{v1.1}{2011/04/18}{The introduction clarifies what I mean by ``a current \textsc{pgf} installation''.}
% \changes{v1.1}{2011/04/18}{\texttt{group label text} configures the text of a group label.}
% \changes{v1.0}{2011/03/01}{Initial release}
%
%
% \clearpage\section{Introduction}
%
% The \pack{pgfgantt} package allows you to draw Gantt charts in \LaTeX. Thus, you can describe simple project schedules without having to include images produced by external programs. Similar to Martin Kumm's \pack{gantt} package\footnote{\url{http://www.martin-kumm.de/tex_gantt_package.php}} (which inspired \pack{pgfgantt}'s fundamental aspects), \pack{pgfgantt} bases upon \textsc{pgf} and its \TikZ\ frontend\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/}}. Besides, it provides a comprehensive (and portable) alternative to \pack{pst-gantt}\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-gantt/}}.
%
% \paragraph{Requirements} \pack{pgfgantt} requires a \textit{current} \textsc{pgf} installation. Note that the version number must at least be 2.10, dated October 25th, 2010. Furthermore, \pack{pgfgantt}~\fileversion\ and above is not fully downwards compatible.
% 
% \paragraph{Suggestions} Please report any suggestions and improvements at the project's GitHub page (\url{https://github.com/skafdasschaf/latex-pgfgantt}).
%
% \paragraph{Acknowledgements} I would like to thank the following people for their ideas concerning new features:
% Christian Buhtz,
% Rapha\"el Clifford (University of Bristol),
% Jakob D\o llner M\o nster (Technical University of Denmark),
% Holger Karl (Universität Paderborn),
% Tristan Miller (Technische Universität Darmstadt),
% Scott Pakin (Los Alamos National Laboratory),
% Petr Po\v s\'ik (Czech Technical University in Prague),
% Una Smith,
% Sascha Yousefi (Universität Freiburg),
% and Callum Webb.
%
%
% \clearpage\section{User Guide}
%
% \subsection{Overview}
%
% To load the package, simply put
% \begin{texcode}
% \usepackage{pgfgantt}
% \end{texcode}
% into the document preamble.
%
% Compare the following code, which demonstrates some commands provided by \pack{pgfgantt}, to the output it produces:
%
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{2011}{12} \\
% 	\gantttitlelist{1,...,12}{1} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1}{7} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{2} \\
% 	\ganttlinkedbar{Task 2}{3}{7} \ganttnewline
% 	\ganttmilestone{Milestone}{7} \ganttnewline
% 	\ganttbar{Final Task}{8}{12}
% 	\ganttlink{elem2}{elem3}
% 	\ganttlink{elem3}{elem4}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{2011}{12} \\
% 	\gantttitlelist{1,...,12}{1} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1}{7} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{2} \\
% 	\ganttlinkedbar{Task 2}{3}{7} \ganttnewline
% 	\ganttmilestone{Milestone}{7} \ganttnewline
% 	\ganttbar{Final Task}{8}{12}
% 	\ganttlink{elem2}{elem3}
% 	\ganttlink{elem3}{elem4}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
%
% 
% \subsection{Specifying Keys}
%
% \textit{Keys} (sometimes called \textit{options}) modify the output from \pack{pgfgantt}'s commands. You may specify a key in two ways: (1) Pass it to the optional argument present in each command, e.\,g.
% \begin{texcode}
% \ganttbar[bar height=.6]{Task 1}{1}{2}
% \end{texcode}
% This locally changes a key for the element(s) drawn by that command. (2) Alternatively, specify a key by the \DescribeMacro{\ganttset}|\ganttset|\marg{key=value list} macro, which sets its keys within the current \TeX\ group:
% \begin{texcode}
% \ganttset{bar height=.6}
% \end{texcode}
% Since \pack{pgfgantt} uses the \pack{pgfkeys} package for key management, all its keys reside in the |/pgfgantt/| path. However, if you set your keys by one of the methods explained above, this path is automatically prepended to each key.
%
% \subsection{The Canvas}
% 
% Let us have a look at the basic anatomy of a Gantt chart and define some common terms. Each \textit{chart} consists of several \textit{lines}, which may contain one or more \textit{title elements} (at the top) or \textit{chart elements} (such as bars, groups and milestones). From left to right, the chart is divided into an integer number of \textit{time slots} that represent the basic $x$-unit.
%
% The \DescribeEnv{ganttchart}|ganttchart| environment draws a single Gantt chart:
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}`\oarg{options}\marg{start tss}\marg{end tss}'
%   `$\cdots$'
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% The environment has one optional argument, which specifies the \meta{options} for the chart, and two mandatory arguments, which indicate the start and end time slot specifier. Although you will often put a |ganttchart| into a |tikzpicture| environment, you may actually use this environment on its own. \pack{pgfgantt} checks whether a chart is surrounded by a |tikzpicture| and adds this environment if necessary.
% 
% \begin{key}{time slot format}{\meta{format}}{simple}
% Sets the \meta{format} of time slot specifiers. A \textbf{time slot specifier} (abbreviated ``tss'') denotes a certain time slot along the horizontal axis. \pack{pgfgantt} defines a range of formats:
% \begin{itemize}
% 	\item \texttt{simple} -- positive integers (the single format used by \pack{pgfgantt} prior to v4.0). See also the \opt{time slot format/start date} key below.\\
% 		\textit{Examples:} \texttt{1}, \texttt{3}, \texttt{24}
% 	\item \texttt{isodate} -- dates in ISO-standard format (\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}). In this format and any other, you may omit the leading zero if month or day are less than 10.\\
% 		\textit{Examples:} \texttt{2013-03-14}, \texttt{2013-5-1}
% 	\item \texttt{isodate-yearmonth} -- ISO-standard dates without days (\texttt{yyyy-mm}). Such dates are automatically converted to the first day of the respective month.\\
% 		\textit{Examples:} \texttt{2013-03}, \texttt{2013-5}
% 	\item \texttt{isodate-year} -- year only (\texttt{yyyy}). Such dates are automatically converted to the first day of January.\\
% 		\textit{Examples:} \texttt{2013}, \texttt{2014}
% 	\item \texttt{little-endian} -- Gregorian little-endian, i.\,e. day--month--year (the common German date format). Valid day/month and month/year separators are the hyphen (\texttt{-}), slash (\texttt{/}) and period (\texttt{.}). If you enter a two-digit year (for example, \texttt{13} instead of \texttt{2013}), it will be completed according to the value of \opt{time slot format/base century} (see below).\\
% 		\textit{Examples:} \texttt{14-03-2013}, \texttt{14/03/13}, \texttt{14.3.2013}
% 	\item \texttt{middle-endian} -- middle-endian, i.\,e. month--day--year (the common US date format). For valid separators and automatic year completion, see \textit{little-endian}.\\
% 		\textit{Examples:} \texttt{03-14-2013}, \texttt{03/14/13}, \texttt{3.14.2013}
% 	\item \texttt{big-endian} -- Gregorian big-endian, i.\,e. year--month--day (the ISO"=standard order). For valid separators and automatic year completion, see \textit{little-endian}.\\
% 		\textit{Examples:} \texttt{2013-03-14}, \texttt{13/03/14}, \texttt{2013.3.14}
% \end{itemize}
% \end{key}
% 
% \noindent Two subkeys of \opt{time slot format} let you configure \pack{pgfgantt}'s behavior regarding automatic completion of abbreviated dates:
% 
% \begin{key}{time slot format/base century}{\meta{year}}{2000}
% Sets the century for auto-completion of two-digit years (used by the time slot formats \texttt{little-endian}, \texttt{middle-endian} and \texttt{big-endian}). Consequently, default settings convert a year like \texttt{13} to \texttt{2013}.
% \end{key}
% 
% \begin{key}{time slot format/start date}{\meta{ISO-standard date}}{2000-01-01}
% Numbers denoting time slots in the \texttt{simple} format are internally converted to a date, where \texttt{1} is converted to \meta{ISO-standard date}, \texttt{2} to $\meta{ISO-standard date} + 1$ etc.
% \end{key}
% 
% \bigskip\noindent Advanced users may add their own time slot \DescribeMacro{\newgantttimeslotformat}formats:
% \begin{texcode}
% \newgantttimeslotformat`\marg{name}\marg{converter code}'
% \end{texcode}
% Defines a new time slot format called \meta{name}. The \meta{converter code} must convert the time slot specifier stored in |#1| to its corresponding Julian day number (see section~57 of the \TikZ\ manual) and assign this number to the count register |#2|. The \meta{converter code} is executed within a \TeX\ group, so you may use temporary macros like |\@tempa|, counts like |\@tempcnta| etc.
% 
% For example, we would like to create a format called \texttt{stardate}, where dates are given as ``\meta{year}\texttt{.}\meta{day of year}''. Thus, we will enter 24th February 2259 as ``\texttt{2259.55}''. To this end, we write the following code:
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}[numbers=left]
% \newgantttimeslotformat{stardate}{%
%   \def\decomposestardate##1.##2\relax{%
%     \def\stardateyear{##1}\def\stardateday{##2}%
%   }%
%   \decomposestardate#1\relax%
%   \pgfcalendardatetojulian{\stardateyear-01-01}{#2}%
%   \advance#2 by-1\relax%
%   \advance#2 by\stardateday\relax%
% }
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid, 
% 		time slot format=stardate
% 	]{2259.55}{2259.67}
%   \gantttitlecalendar{year, month=name, day} \\
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \newgantttimeslotformat{stardate}{%
%   \def\decomposestardate##1.##2\relax{%
%     \def\stardateyear{##1}\def\stardateday{##2}%
%   }%
%   \decomposestardate#1\relax%
%   \pgfcalendardatetojulian{\stardateyear-01-01}{#2}%
%   \advance#2 by-1\relax%
%   \advance#2 by\stardateday\relax%
% }
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid, 
% 		time slot format=stardate
% 	]{2259.55}{2259.67}
%   \gantttitlecalendar{year, month=name, day} \\
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% 
% \noindent The macro |\decomposestardate| (lines 2--4) has two delimited arguments: The first one is delimited by a period and the second one by |\relax|. The call in line 5 decomposes the tss stored in |#1| and saves the day in |\stardateday| and the year in |\stardateyear|. |\pgfcalendardatetojulian| (section~57.1.1 of the \TikZ\ manual) calculates the Julian date of the first day of |\stardateyear| and stores it in |#2| (line 6). We then subtract 1 from |#2| (line 7) and add the |\stardateday| (line 8).
% 
% \begin{key}[./style=]{canvas}{\meta{style}}{shape=rectangle, draw, fill=white}
% The \opt{canvas} key changes the appearance of the canvas. \meta{style} is a list of \TikZ\ keys suitable for the \meta{options} of a \TikZ\ node (such as |shape=rectangle|, |fill| or |draw|; see chapter~16 of the \TikZ\ manual). By default, the canvas is a white rectangle with a black frame.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{tikzpicture} % optional
% 	\begin{ganttchart}[
% 			canvas/.style=%
% 				{shape=chamfered rectangle, fill=yellow!25,
% 				draw=blue, dashed, very thick}
% 		]{1}{6}
% 		\gantttitle{Title}{6} \\
% 		\ganttbar{}{1}{2} \\
% 		\ganttbar{}{3}{6}
% 	\end{ganttchart}
% \end{tikzpicture} % optional
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% 	\begin{ganttchart}[
% 			canvas/.style=%
% 				{shape=chamfered rectangle, fill=yellow!25,
% 				draw=blue, dashed, very thick}
% 		]{1}{6}
% 		\gantttitle{Title}{6} \\
% 		\ganttbar{}{1}{2} \\
% 		\ganttbar{}{3}{6}
% 	\end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
%
% \begin{key}{x unit}{\meta{dimension}}{.5cm}
% \keyline{y unit title}{\meta{dimension}}{1cm}
% \keyline{y unit chart}{\meta{dimension}}{1cm}
% These keys specify the width of a time slot and the height of title or chart lines, respectively. Typically, the $x/y$-dimension ratio approximates $1:2$, and the line height is equal over the whole chart. Other dimensions are well possible, but you might have to change several spacing-related keys in order to obtain a pleasing chart.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		x unit=1cm,
% 		y unit title=.6cm,
% 		y unit chart=1.5cm
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title 1}{6} \\
% 	\gantttitle{Title 2}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		x unit=1cm,
% 		y unit title=.6cm,
% 		y unit chart=1.5cm
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title 1}{6} \\
% 	\gantttitle{Title 2}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
%
% \begin{key}[]{expand chart}{\texttt{[=none}\space\textbar\space\meta{dimension}\texttt{]}}{none}
% If the value of this key differs from |none|, the Gantt chart will expand horizontally to \meta{dimension}. Use this key to produce charts that automatically expand to the text width. Two \LaTeX\ runs are required to calculate the correct size of the chart.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		expand chart=\textwidth
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Bar 1}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		expand chart=\textwidth
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Bar 1}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% \begin{key}[]{hgrid}{\texttt{[=false}\space\textbar\space\texttt{true}\space\textbar\space\meta{style list}\texttt{]}}{false}
% \keyline[/.style=]{hgrid style}{\meta{style}}{dotted}
% \keyline[]{vgrid}{\texttt{[=false}\space\textbar\space\texttt{true}\space\textbar\space\meta{style list}\texttt{]}}{false}
% \opt{hgrid} draws a horizontal grid which starts immediately below the last title element. The key can be specified in four different ways: Firstly, \opt{hgrid}|=false| eliminates the horizontal grid. You may omit this declaration, since it is the default. Secondly, both \opt{hgrid} and \opt{hgrid}|=true| activate the horizontal grid, which is then drawn in the default style |dotted|. Finally, \opt{hgrid}|=|\meta{style list} draws the horizontal grid in the given \meta{style list} (see below).
%
% \opt{hgrid style} changes the style of single horizontal grid lines that are drawn with |\ganttnewline[grid]| (see section~\ref{ssc:LineBreaks}).
% 
% The \opt{vgrid} key governs the vertical grid; otherwise, use it exactly like \opt{hgrid}.
% 
% \textit{Style lists} allow you to draw the grid lines in different styles. Each style list consists of several \textit{style list items} separated by a comma. A style list item has the general syntax |*{|\meta{n}|}{|\meta{style}|}| and orders the package to repeat the \meta{style} \meta{n}-times. (This syntax is reminiscent of column specifications in a |tabular| environment.) Thus, the list |*2{red}, *1{green}, *{10}{blue, dashed}| instructs \pack{pgfgantt} to draw first two red vertical grid lines, then a green one and finally ten dashed blue lines. If any grid lines remain to be drawn at the end of the list, the package starts again at the beginning of the list.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid=true,
% 		vgrid={*2{red}, *1{green}, *{10}{blue, dashed}}
% 	]{1}{20}
% 	\gantttitle{Title 1}{20} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{8} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{9}{20}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid=true,
% 		vgrid={*2{red}, *1{green}, *{10}{blue, dashed}}
% 	]{1}{20}
% 	\gantttitle{Title 1}{20} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{8} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{9}{20}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% 
% In most situations, you can omit the multiplier |*1|. Hence, the following style lists are equal:\\
% |{*1{red}, *1{blue, dashed}}|\\
% |{{red}, {blue, dashed}}|\\
% |{red, {blue, dashed}}|\\
% However, if you wish to use a single style comprising two or more keys for all grid lines, e.\,g. |red, dotted|, you \textit{must} retain the multiplier (i.\,e., |{*1{red, dotted}}|).
%
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{minipage}[t]{.45\textwidth}
% \begin{texcode}
% % wrong code
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid=true,
% 		vgrid={{red, dotted}}
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title 1}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \end{minipage}\hfill
% \begin{minipage}[t]{.45\textwidth}
% \begin{texcode}
% % correct code
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid=true,
% 		vgrid={*1{red, dotted}}
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title 1}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \end{minipage}
%
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid=true,
% 		vgrid={{red, dotted}}
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title 1}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \hspace{1cm}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid=true,
% 		vgrid={*1{red, dotted}}
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title 1}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
%
%
% In a chart with many time slots, drawing vertical grid lines between all of them will lead to a confusing appearance. In such a case, you can pass an appropriate \meta{style list} to |vgrid| in order to draw every second grid line, for example.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid={draw=none, dotted}]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitlelist{1,...,12}{1} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{4} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{5}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid={draw=none, dotted}]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitlelist{1,...,12}{1} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{4} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{5}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% 
% \begin{key}{today}{\meta{tss}}{none}
% \keyline{today offset}{\meta{number}}{1}
% \keyline[/.style=]{today rule}{\meta{style}}{dashed, line width=1pt}
% \keyline{today label}{\meta{text}}{TODAY}
% \keyline{today label font}{\meta{font commands}}{\string\normalfont}
% \keyline[/.style=]{today label node}{\meta{style}}{anchor=north, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{today label font\}}
% Sometimes, you may wish to indicate the current day, month or the like on a Gantt chart. In order to do so, pass an integer value to the \opt{today} key, which draws a vertical rule at the corresponding \meta{tss}. \opt{today offset} determines the exact $y$-coordinate in the time slot and should lie between 0.0 (left border) and 1.0 (right border). The today rule appears in the \meta{style} denoted by \opt{today rule}. The node that contains the \meta{text} given by \opt{today label} appears below the rule. It is formatted by \opt{today label font} and \opt{today label node}.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{minipage}[t]{.42\textwidth}
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		today=2
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \end{minipage}\hfill
% \begin{minipage}[t]{.56\textwidth}
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		time slot format=isodate,
% 		today=2013-05-03,
% 		today offset=.5,
% 		today label=Current Week,
% 		today label node/.append style=%
% 			{anchor=north west},
% 		today label font=\itshape\color{red},
% 		today rule/.style=%
% 			{draw=blue, ultra thick}
% 	]{2013-05-01}{2013-05-06}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{2013-05-01}{2013-05-03} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{2013-05-04}{2013-05-06}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \end{minipage}
%
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		today=2
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \hspace{1cm}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		time slot format=isodate,
% 		today=2013-05-03,
% 		today offset=.5,
% 		today label=Current Week,
% 		today label node/.append style=%
% 			{anchor=north west},
% 		today label font=\itshape\color{red},
% 		today rule/.style=%
% 			{draw=blue, ultra thick}
% 	]{2013-05-01}{2013-05-06}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{2013-05-01}{2013-05-03} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{2013-05-04}{2013-05-06}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% 
% 
% \subsection{Line Breaks between Chart Elements}
% \label{ssc:LineBreaks}
%
% \pack{pgfgantt} does not automatically begin a new line after finishing a \DescribeMacro{\ganttnewline}chart element. Instead, you must insert an explicit line break with |\ganttnewline|.
% 
% \begin{key}{newline shortcut}{\meta{boolean}}{true}
% If true, \DescribeMacro{\\}|\\| is defined as a shortcut for |\ganttnewline| within a |ganttchart| environment, so that the syntax is reminiscent of \LaTeX's |tabular| enviroment.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[hgrid, vgrid]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title 1}{3}
% 	\gantttitle{Title 2}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3} \ganttnewline
% 	\ganttbar{}{2}{3}
% 	\ganttbar{}{5}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[hgrid, vgrid]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title 1}{3}
% 	\gantttitle{Title 2}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3} \ganttnewline
% 	\ganttbar{}{2}{3}
% 	\ganttbar{}{5}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
%
% However, enabling this shortcut prevents you from entering multi-line node text (see section~16.4.3 of the \TikZ\ manual). Thus, \pack{pgfgantt} provides the macro \DescribeMacro{\ganttalignnewline}|\ganttalignnewline| for breaking lines in the node text.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{minipage}[t]{.5\textwidth}
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid,
% 		newline shortcut=false,
% 		bar label node/.append style=%
% 			{align=left}
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{6} \ganttnewline
% 	\ganttbar{%
% 		This is a\\
% 		multi-line text.%
% 	}{1}{3}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \end{minipage}\hfill
% \begin{minipage}[t]{.48\textwidth}
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid,
% 		newline shortcut=true,
% 		bar label node/.append style=%
% 			{align=left}
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{%
% 		This is a\ganttalignnewline
% 		multi-line text.%
% 	}{1}{3}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \end{minipage}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid,
% 		newline shortcut=false,
% 		bar label node/.append style=%
% 			{align=left}
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{6} \ganttnewline
% 	\ganttbar%
% 		{This is a\\
% 		multi-line text.%
% 	}{1}{3}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% 
% Even if you prefer a canvas without a horizontal grid, you may nevertheless want to separate certain lines by a grid rule. For this purpose, specify the optional argument |[grid]| for |\ganttnewline| (or |\\|), which draws a grid rule in \opt{hgrid style} between the current and the new line. Alternatively, directly give the desired style as optional argument.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[hgrid style/.style=red]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3} \ganttnewline[thick, blue]
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{5} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{6}{10} \\[grid]
% 	\ganttbar{}{11}{12}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[hgrid style/.style=red]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3} \ganttnewline[thick, blue]
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{5} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{6}{10} \\[grid]
% 	\ganttbar{}{11}{12}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
%
%
% \subsection{Titles}
%
% A \textit{title} (comprising one or more lines) at the top of a Gantt chart usually indicates the period of time covered by that chart. For example, the first line could span twelve time slots and display the current year, while the second line could contain twelve elements, each of which corresponds to one month. For these purposes, \pack{pgfgantt} implements several titling commands.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\gantttitle}|\gantttitle| draws a single title element:
% \begin{texcode}
% \gantttitle`\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{number of time slots}'
% \end{texcode}
% The \meta{label} appears in the title element, which covers the \meta{number of time slots} starting from the right end of the last title element (or from the beginning of the line, if the title element is the first element in this line). Mostly, you will employ |\gantttitle| for titles that span several time slots.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[hgrid, vgrid]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{2011}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{4}
% 	\ganttbar{}{6}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[hgrid, vgrid]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{2011}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{4}
% 	\ganttbar{}{6}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
%
% Whenever you want to draw a larger number of title elements that are equal in size and follow a common enumeration scheme, the \DescribeMacro{\gantttitlelist}|\gantttitlelist| macro provides a fast solution:
% \begin{texcode}
% \gantttitlelist`\oarg{options}\marg{pgffor list}\marg{length of each element}'
% \end{texcode}
% This macro generates one title element for each element of the \meta{pgffor list}. The second mandatory argument specifies the \meta{length of each element}. Refer to section~56 of the \TikZ\ manual for the detailed syntax for the \meta{pgffor list}.
% 
% A simple application is to draw twelve title elements that contain the numbers from 1 to 12. The \meta{pgffor list} is |1,...,12|.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[hgrid, vgrid]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitlelist{1,...,12}{1} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3}
% 	\ganttbar{}{5}{12}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[hgrid, vgrid]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitlelist{1,...,12}{1} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3}
% 	\ganttbar{}{5}{12}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% Note that we would have obtained the same result if we had written
% \begin{texcode}
% \gantttitle{1}{1} \gantttitle{2}{1} `\dots' \gantttitle{12}{1} \\
% \end{texcode}
% 
% As an advanced example, we will draw seven title elements containing the names of the weekdays (``Mon'' to ``Sun''). To this end, we introduce an additional key:
% 
% \begin{key}{title list options}{\meta{pgffor options}}{var=\string\x, evaluate=\string\x}
% Changes the \meta{pgffor options} of the |\foreach| command called by |\gantttitlelist| (see section~56 of the \TikZ\ manual). The macro that yields the labels to be printed by |\gantttitlelist| must be called |\x|.
% \par\bigskip\noindent\shorthandoff{"}
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[hgrid, vgrid, x unit=1cm]{1}{7}
% 	\gantttitlelist[
% 		title list options=%
% 			{var=\y, evaluate=\y as \x%
% 			using "\pgfcalendarweekdayshortname{\y}"}
% 	]{0,...,6}{1} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{4}
% 	\ganttbar{}{6}{7}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[hgrid, vgrid, x unit=1cm]{1}{7}
% 	\gantttitlelist[
% 		title list options=%
% 			{var=\y, evaluate=\y as \x%
% 			using "\pgfcalendarweekdayshortname{\y}"}
% 	]{0,...,6}{1} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{4}
% 	\ganttbar{}{6}{7}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}\shorthandon{"}
% \end{key}
% 
% \bigskip While you actually may build any chart title with the two commands described previously, \DescribeMacro{\gantttitlecalendar}|\gantttitlecalendar| saves a lot of time when you wish to create elaborate calendars:
% \begin{texcode}
% \gantttitlecalendar`\oarg{options}\marg{calendar lines}'
% \end{texcode}
% Prints a title calendar that spans the whole chart and contains one or more \meta{calendar lines}. The starred \DescribeMacro{\gantttitlecalendar*}form of the macro prints a calendar from \meta{start tss} to \meta{end tss}:
% \begin{texcode}
% \gantttitlecalendar*`\oarg{options}\marg{start tss}\marg{end tss}\marg{calendar lines}'
% \end{texcode}
% \meta{calendar lines} is a comma-separated list of line types:
% \begin{center}
% 	\begin{tabular}{*3l}
% 		\toprule
% 		\itshape Line type & \meta{output format} & \itshape Example output \\
% 		\midrule
% 		\texttt{decade} & n/a & 2000s, 2010s, \dots \\[1ex]
% 		\texttt{year} & n/a & 2012, 2013, \dots \\[1ex]
% 		\texttt{month [=}\meta{output format}\texttt{]} & (none) & 01, 02, \dots, 12 \\
% 			& \texttt{name} & January, February, \dots \\
% 			& \texttt{shortname} & Jan, Feb, \dots \\[1ex]
% 		\texttt{week [=}\meta{number}\texttt{]} & n/a & Week 1, Week 2, \dots \\[1ex]
% 		\texttt{weekday [=}\meta{output format}\texttt{]} & (none) & 0, 1, \dots, 6 \\
% 			& \texttt{name} & Monday, Tuesday, \dots \\
% 			& \texttt{shortname} & Mon, Tue, \dots \\[1ex]
% 		\texttt{day} & n/a & 01, 02, \dots, 31 \\
% 		\bottomrule
% 	\end{tabular}
% \end{center}
% 
% The \meta{number} for the \texttt{week} line type is the number of the first week in the calendar.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid,
% 		x unit=4mm,
% 		time slot format=isodate
% 	]{2012-12-25}{2013-02-01}
% 	\gantttitlecalendar{year, month, day, week=3, weekday} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{2013-01-14}{2013-01-17}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid,
% 		x unit=4mm,
% 		time slot format=isodate
% 	]{2012-12-25}{2013-02-01}
% 	\gantttitlecalendar{year, month, day, week=3, weekday} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{2013-01-14}{2013-01-17}
% \end{ganttchart}\hspace*{-51.4pt}
% \end{center}
% 
% You can easily add new output formats for \texttt{month} and \texttt{weekday}. The predefined ones use the macros described in section~57.1.3 of the \TikZ\ manual. For example, |weekday=name| calls |\pgfcalendarweekdayname|. Thus, new macros called |\pgfcalendarmonth|\textcolor{RoyalBlue}{\meta{output format}} or |\pgfcalendarweekday|\textcolor{RoyalBlue}{\meta{output format}} will provide additional \meta{output format}s for |month| and |weekday|, respectively.
% 
% A weekday output format called |letter|, which displays a weekday as single letter, might be implemented as follows:
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \def\pgfcalendarweekdayletter#1{%
% 	\ifcase#1M\or T\or W\or T\or F\or S\or S\fi%
% }
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid,
% 		x unit=18mm,
% 		time slot format=little-endian
% 	]{7.1.2013}{13.1.2013}
% 	\gantttitlecalendar*{7.1.2013}{13.1.2013}{
% 		month, month=name, month=shortname, weekday,
% 		weekday=name, weekday=shortname, weekday=letter
% 	}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \def\pgfcalendarweekdayletter#1{%
% 	\ifcase#1M\or T\or W\or T\or F\or S\or S\fi%
% }
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid,
% 		x unit=18mm,
% 		time slot format=little-endian
% 	]{7.1.2013}{13.1.2013}
% 	\gantttitlecalendar*{7.1.2013}{13.1.2013}{
% 		month, month=name, month=shortname, weekday,
% 		weekday=name, weekday=shortname, weekday=letter
% 	}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% 
% \begin{key}{calendar week text}{\meta{format}}{Week\string~\string\currentweek}
% Changes the text displayed in a week title element. In \meta{format}, four additional macros are available: \DescribeMacro{\currentweek}|\currentweek| is the current week number; \DescribeMacro{\startyear}|\startyear|, \DescribeMacro{\startmonth}|\startmonth| and \DescribeMacro{\startday}|\startday| expand to the year, month and day of the current week's Monday.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \ganttset{%
% 	calendar week text={%
% 		\pgfcalendarmonthshortname{\startmonth}~\startday, \startyear%
% 	}%
% }
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid,
% 		x unit=4mm,
% 		time slot format=isodate
% 	]{2012-12-24}{2013-01-20}
% 	\gantttitlecalendar{year, week, day} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{2013-01-10}{2013-01-17}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \ganttset{%
% 	calendar week text={%
% 		\pgfcalendarmonthshortname{\startmonth}~\startday, \startyear%
% 	}%
% }
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid,
% 		x unit=4mm,
% 		time slot format=isodate
% 	]{2012-12-24}{2013-01-20}
% 	\gantttitlecalendar{year, week, day} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{2013-01-10}{2013-01-17}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% 
% \begin{key}{time slot unit}{\texttt{day}\space\textbar\space\texttt{month}\space\textbar\space\texttt{year}}{day}
% By default, one \textit{calendar day} is one time slot wide. With \opt{time slot unit}\texttt{=month}, one \textit{month} corresponds to one time slot. Consequently, in such calendars only |year| and |month| are sensible line types for |\gantttitlecalendar|, and the time slot format \texttt{isodate-yearmonth} is especially suited.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid,
% 		time slot format=isodate-yearmonth,
% 		time slot unit=month
% 	]{2012-03}{2014-1}
% 	\gantttitlecalendar{year, month} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{2012-05}{2013-01}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid,
% 		time slot format=isodate-yearmonth,
% 		time slot unit=month
% 	]{2012-03}{2014-1}
% 	\gantttitlecalendar{year, month} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{2012-05}{2013-01}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
%
% With \opt{time slot unit}\texttt{=year}, one \textit{year} corresponds to one time slot. Consequently, in such calendars only |decade| and |year| are sensible line types for |\gantttitlecalendar|, and the time slot format \texttt{isodate-year} is especially suited.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid,
% 		x unit=7.5mm,
% 		time slot format=isodate-year,
% 		time slot unit=year
% 	]{2007}{2020}
% 	\gantttitlecalendar{decade, year} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{2008}{2018}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid,
% 		vgrid,
% 		x unit=7.5mm,
% 		time slot format=isodate-year,
% 		time slot unit=year
% 	]{2007}{2020}
% 	\gantttitlecalendar{decade, year} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{2008}{2018}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
%
%
% \begin{key}[/.style=]{title}{\meta{style}}{shape=rectangle, inner sep=0pt, draw, fill=white}
% Sets the appearance of a title element.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \usetikzlibrary{shadows}
% \usetikzlibrary{shadings}
%   `$\cdots$'
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		canvas/.style={draw=none},
% 		title/.append style=%
% 			{fill=blue!20, rounded corners=2mm, drop shadow}
% 	]{1}{7}
% 	\gantttitle{First week}{7} \\
% 	\gantttitlelist[
% 		title/.style={draw=none, inner color=red}
% 	]{1,...,7}{1} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{2}
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{7}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		canvas/.style={draw=none},
% 		title/.append style=%
% 			{fill=blue!20, rounded corners=2mm, drop shadow}
% 	]{1}{7}
% 	\gantttitle{First week}{7} \\
% 	\gantttitlelist[
% 		title/.style={draw=none, inner color=red}
% 	]{1,...,7}{1} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{2}
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{7}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
%
% \begin{key}{title label font}{\meta{font commands}}{\string\small}
% \keyline[/.style=]{title label node}{\meta{options}}{anchor=center, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{title label font\}}
% \keyline{title label text}{\meta{text}}{\string\strut\#1}
% The \meta{font commands} and \meta{options} are applied to the title label node, which is positioned at the center of each title element. \meta{text} should contain a single parameter token (|#1|), which is replaced by the first mandatory argument of |\gantttitle|. The |\strut| in the standard value ensures equal vertical spacing of the labels.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		title label font=\LARGE\color{violet},
% 		title label node/.append style={anchor=west},
% 		title label text=<#1>
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{2011}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{2}
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		title label font=\LARGE\color{violet},
% 		title label node/.append style={anchor=west},
% 		title label text=<#1>
% 	]{1}{6}
% 	\gantttitle{2011}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{2}
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% 
% \begin{key}{title left shift}{\meta{factor}}{0}
% \keyline{title right shift}{\meta{factor}}{0}
% \keyline{title top shift}{\meta{factor}}{0}
% \keyline{title height}{\meta{factor}}{0.6}
% The first three keys shift the coordinates of a title element's borders (or rather of its corners), while \opt{title height} changes its height. By default, the left upper corner of a title element coincides with the origin of the start time slot; its right lower corner touches the right border of the end time slot 0.6~units below the upper line border:
%
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tikzpicture}[x=.5cm, y=1cm]
% 	\begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid]{1}{6}
% 		\gantttitle{2011}{6} \\
% 		\ganttbar{}{1}{2}
% 		\ganttbar{}{4}{6}
% 	\end{ganttchart}
% 	\small
% 	\draw[blue, line width=1.5pt, dashed] (0,0) rectangle (1,-1);
% 	\draw[teal, line width=1.5pt, dashed] (5,0) rectangle (6,-1);
% 	\fill[red] (0,0) circle (1.5pt) node[above left] {start: $(0, 0)$};
% 	\fill[black!75] (6,-1) circle (1.5pt) node[below right] {$(6, 1)$};
% 	\fill[red] (6,-0.6) circle (1.5pt) node[right] {$(6, 0+0.6)$: stop};
% 	\draw[-latex,blue] (.2,.6) node[above=-4pt] {Start time slot (1)} -- (.5,-.5);
% 	\draw[-latex,teal] (6.2,.1) node[above=-4pt] {End time slot (6)} -- (5.5,-.5);
% \end{tikzpicture}
% \end{center}
% The figure below shows a Gantt chart with two lines and one (large) time slot and indicates the distances modified by these keys.
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tikzpicture}[x=7cm, y=2cm]
% 	\begin{ganttchart}[x unit=7cm, y unit title=2cm, title/.append style={line width=1.5pt,fill=yellow!10},title left shift=.2,title right shift=-.3,title top shift=.25, title height=.5]{1}{1}
% 		\gantttitle{}{1} \\
% 	\end{ganttchart}
% 	\small
% 	\draw[densely dashed] (0,-1) -- (1,-1);
% 	\draw[dashed,cyan,line width=1pt] (0,0) rectangle (1,-.6);
% 	\draw[cyan,-latex] (.8,.5) node[right,align=left] {Title element\\with standard values} -- (.75,0);
% 	\fill (0,0) circle (1.5pt) node[left] {$(0,0)$};
% 	\fill (0,-1) circle (1.5pt) node[left] {$(0,1)$};
% 	\fill (1,0) circle (1.5pt) node[right] {$(1,0)$};
% 	\fill (1,-1) circle (1.5pt) node[right] {$(1,1)$};
% 	\draw[-latex,line width=1pt,blue]
% 		(0, -.5) node[align=right,left] {\texttt{title left shift}\\(here: \texttt{0.2})} -- (.2,-.5);
% 	\draw[latex-,line width=1pt,blue]
% 		(.7, -.5) -- (1,-.5) node[align=left,right] {\texttt{title right shift}\\(here: \texttt{-0.3})};
% 	\draw[-latex,line width=1pt,red]
% 		(.45, 0) node[align=left,above] {\texttt{title top shift}\\(here: \texttt{0.25})} -- (.45,-.25);
% 	\draw[-latex,line width=1pt,red]
% 		(.6, -.25) -- (.6,-.75) node[align=left,below] {\texttt{title height}\\(here: \texttt{0.5})};
% \end{tikzpicture}
% \end{center}
% For example, you might devise a layout where the title element does not touch the borders of the start and end time slot.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		title/.style={fill=teal, draw=none},
% 		title label font=\color{white}\bfseries,
% 		title left shift=.1,
% 		title right shift=-.1,
% 		title top shift=.05,
% 		title height=.75
% 	]{1}{7}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{7} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{2}
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{7}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		title/.style={fill=teal, draw=none},
% 		title label font=\color{white}\bfseries,
% 		title left shift=.1,
% 		title right shift=-.1,
% 		title top shift=.05,
% 		title height=.75
% 	]{1}{7}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{7} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{2}
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{7}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
%
% \begin{key}{include title in canvas}{\meta{boolean}}{true}
% The canvas normally comprises all lines of the chart. However, you may wish that your title elements only consist of text lacking any frame or background. In this case, the canvas probably should exclude all lines containing title elements, which you achieve by \opt{include title in canvas}|=false|.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid={*1{draw=red, thick}},
% 		vgrid,
% 		y unit title=.5cm,
% 		title/.style={draw=none, fill=none},
% 		include title in canvas=false
% 	]{1}{7}
% 	\gantttitlelist{1,...,7}{1} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{7}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		hgrid={*1{draw=red, thick}},
% 		vgrid,
% 		y unit title=.5cm,
% 		title/.style={draw=none, fill=none},
% 		include title in canvas=false
% 	]{1}{7}
% 	\gantttitlelist{1,...,7}{1} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{7}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
%
%
% \subsection{Vertical rules}
%
% A \textit{vertical rule} indicates an important date like a deadline. Such rules represent a generalization of the today rule and are drawn by the \DescribeMacro{\ganttvrule}|\ganttvrule| macro:
% \begin{texcode}
% \ganttvrule`\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{tss}'
% \end{texcode}
% This macro draws a \meta{label}ed vertical rule at the given \meta{tss}.
%
% \begin{key}{vrule offset}{\meta{number}}{1}
% \keyline[/.style=]{vrule}{\meta{style}}{dashed, line width=1pt}
% \keyline{vrule label font}{\meta{font commands}}{\string\normalfont}
% \keyline[/.style=]{vrule label node}{\meta{style}}{anchor=north, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{vrule label font\}}
% \opt{vrule offset} determines the exact $y$-coordinate in the time slot and should lie between 0.0 (left border) and 1.0 (right border). The vertical rule appears in the \meta{style} denoted by \opt{vrule}. The label is formatted by \opt{vrule label font} and \opt{vrule label node}.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		vrule/.style={very thick, blue},
% 		vrule label font=\bfseries
% 	]{1}{8}
% 	\gantttitle{2018}{8} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{2} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{8}
% 	\ganttvrule{day x}{2}
% 	\ganttvrule[
% 		vrule/.append style={red, thin},
% 		vrule offset=.2,
% 		vrule label node/.append style={anchor=north west}
% 	]{day z}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		vrule/.style={very thick, blue},
% 		vrule label font=\bfseries
% 	]{1}{8}
% 	\gantttitle{2018}{8} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{1}{2} \\
% 	\ganttbar{}{4}{8}
% 	\ganttvrule{day x}{2}
% 	\ganttvrule[
% 		vrule/.append style={red, thin},
% 		vrule offset=.2,
% 		vrule label node/.append style={anchor=north west}
% 	]{day z}{6}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
%
%
% \subsection{Predefined Chart Elements}
% 
% \pack{pgfgantt} predefines three chart elements:
% \begin{enumerate}
% 	\item \DescribeMacro{\ganttbar}\textit{Bars} indicate the duration of a task or one of its parts.
% \begin{texcode}
% \ganttbar`\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{start tss}\marg{end tss}'
% \end{texcode}
% 	\item \DescribeMacro{\ganttgroup}\textit{Groups} combine several subtasks (represented by bars) into a single task.
% \begin{texcode}
% \ganttgroup`\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{start tss}\marg{end tss}'
% \end{texcode}
% 	\item \DescribeMacro{\ganttmilestone}\textit{Milestones} signify that an important task has been completed or that a crucial goal has been reached.
% \begin{texcode}
% \ganttmilestone`\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{tss}'
% \end{texcode}
% \end{enumerate}
% Each of these macros draws a \meta{label}ed chart element from the \meta{start tss} to the \meta{end tss} (or at the given \meta{tss} in case of |\ganttmilestone|).
% 
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{4}{10} \\
% 	\ganttmilestone{Milestone 1}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{4}{10} \\
% 	\ganttmilestone{Milestone 1}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
%
% For \DescribeMacro{\ganttlinkedbar}each predefined chart element, there is also a macro that additionally draws a link \DescribeMacro{\ganttlinkedgroup}from the previous element. Otherwise, these macros work exactly like the standard \DescribeMacro{\ganttlinkedmilestone}versions:
% \begin{texcode}
% \ganttlinkedbar`\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{start tss}\marg{end tss}'
% \ganttlinkedgroup`\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{start tss}\marg{end tss}'
% \ganttlinkedmilestone`\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{tss}'
% \end{texcode}
% In the following example, the code on the left is equivalent to the code on the right.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{minipage}[t]{.49\textwidth}
% \begin{texcode}
% % Short version
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{4} \\
% 	\ganttlinkedbar{Task 2}{5}{6} \\
% 	\ganttlinkedmilestone{M 1}{6} \\
% 	\ganttlinkedbar{Task 3}{7}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \end{minipage}\hfill
% \begin{minipage}[t]{.47\textwidth}
% \begin{texcode}
% % Long version
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{4} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{5}{6} \\
% 	\ganttmilestone{M 1}{6} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 3}{7}{11}
% 	\ganttlink{elem0}{elem1}
% 	\ganttlink{elem1}{elem2}
% 	\ganttlink{elem2}{elem3}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \end{minipage}
% 
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{4} \\
% 	\ganttlinkedbar{Task 2}{5}{6} \\
% 	\ganttlinkedmilestone{M 1}{6} \\
% 	\ganttlinkedbar{Task 3}{7}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% 
% \begin{key}{chart element start border}{\texttt{left}\space\textbar\space\texttt{right}}{left}
% Determines which border of the start time slot a chart element touches. \texttt{left} is the behavior usually expected, while \texttt{right} strictly interprets the start time slot as an $x$-coordinate.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid, chart element start border=right]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{0}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{0}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{3}{10} \\
% 	\ganttmilestone{Milestone 1}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid, chart element start border=right]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{0}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{0}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{3}{10} \\
% 	\ganttmilestone{Milestone 1}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% 
% 
% \subsubsection{Options: Chart Element Appearance}
% 
% The following options are similar for all predefined (and user-defined) chart elements:
%
% \begin{key}[/.style=]{bar}{\meta{style}}{shape=ganttbar, inner sep=0pt, draw, fill=white}
% \keyline[/.style=]{group}{\meta{style}}{shape=ganttgroup, inner sep=0pt, fill=black}
% \keyline[/.style=]{milestone}{\meta{style}}{shape=ganttmilestone, inner sep=0pt, draw, fill=black}
% Determines the appearance of the chart element. The shapes \texttt{ganttbar}, \texttt{ganttgroup} and \texttt{ganttmilestone} are described below.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		bar/.append style={fill=red!50},
% 		group/.append style={draw=black, fill=green!50},
% 		milestone/.append style={fill=orange, rounded corners=3pt}
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		bar/.append style={shape=ellipse, fill=yellow, dashed}
% 	]{Task 2}{4}{10} \\
% 	\ganttmilestone{Milestone 1}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		bar/.append style={fill=red!50},
% 		group/.append style={draw=black, fill=green!50},
% 		milestone/.append style={fill=orange, rounded corners=3pt}
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		bar/.append style={shape=ellipse, fill=yellow, dashed}
% 	]{Task 2}{4}{10} \\
% 	\ganttmilestone{Milestone 1}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
%
% 
% \subsubsection{Options: Label Formatting}
% 
% \begin{key}{bar label text}{\meta{text}}{\string\strut\#1}
% \keyline{group label text}{\meta{text}}{\string\strut\#1}
% \keyline{milestone label text}{\meta{text}}{\string\strut\#1}
% \keyline{bar label font}{\meta{font commands}}{\string\normalsize}
% \keyline{group label font}{\meta{font commands}}{\string\bfseries}
% \keyline{milestone label font}{\meta{font commands}}{\string\itshape}
% \keyline[./style=]{bar label node}{\meta{options}}{anchor=east, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{bar label font\}}
% \keyline[./style=]{group label node}{\meta{options}}{anchor=east, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{group label font\}}
% \keyline[./style=]{milestone label node}{\meta{options}}{anchor=east, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{milestone label font\}}
% The \opt{\dots\ label text} keys configure the label \meta{text} next to each chart element. Each of these keys should contain a single parameter token (|#1|), which is replaced by the first mandatory argument of |\ganttbar| etc. The |\strut| in the standard value ensures equal vertical spacing of the labels. The \meta{font commands} of \opt{\dots\ label font} and the \meta{options} of \opt{\dots\ label node} are applied to the label node at the left border of the chart (see \opt{inline} below).
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		bar label font=\Large,
% 		bar label text={--#1$\rightarrow$},
% 		group label font=\color{orange},
% 		group label text={+#1+},
% 		milestone label font=\color{magenta},
% 		milestone label node/.append style={rotate=30},
% 		milestone label text={#1 !!!}
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{4}{10} \\
% 	\ganttmilestone{Milestone 1}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		bar label font=\Large,
% 		bar label text={--#1$\rightarrow$},
% 		group label font=\color{orange},
% 		group label text={+#1+},
% 		milestone label font=\color{magenta},
% 		milestone label node/.append style={rotate=30},
% 		milestone label text={#1 !!!}
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{4}{10} \\
% 	\ganttmilestone{Milestone 1}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% 
% \begin{key}{inline}{\meta{boolean}}{false}
% \keyline{bar inline label anchor}{\meta{anchor}}{center}
% \keyline{group inline label anchor}{\meta{anchor}}{center}
% \keyline{milestone inline label anchor}{\meta{anchor}}{center}
% \keyline[/.style=]{bar inline label node}{\meta{options}}{anchor=center, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{bar label font\}}
% \keyline[/.style=]{group inline label node}{\meta{options}}{anchor=south, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{group label font\}}
% \keyline[/.style=]{milestone inline label node}{\meta{options}}{anchor=south, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{milestone label font\}}
% If two or more chart elements appear in a single line, their labels will overlap at the left border of the chart. Thus, you can place the label adjacent to a chart element by setting the boolean key \opt{inline} to |true|. This key instructs the package to draw the label node at the \opt{\dots\ inline label anchor} of the respective chart element and apply the \meta{options} given by \opt{\dots\ inline label node}.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		inline,
% 		milestone inline label node/.append style={left=5mm}
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{4}{10} \\
% 	\ganttmilestone{Milestone 1}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		inline,
% 		milestone inline label node/.append style={left=5mm}
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{4}{10} \\
% 	\ganttmilestone{Milestone 1}{11}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% 
% 
% \subsubsection{Options: Chart Element Positioning}
% 
% \begin{key}{bar left shift}{\meta{factor}}{0}
% \keyline{bar right shift}{\meta{factor}}{0}
% \keyline{bar top shift}{\meta{factor}}{.3}
% \keyline{bar height}{\meta{factor}}{.4}
% \keyline{group left shift}{\meta{factor}}{-.1}
% \keyline{group right shift}{\meta{factor}}{.1}
% \keyline{group top shift}{\meta{factor}}{.4}
% \keyline{group height}{\meta{factor}}{.2}
% \keyline{milestone left shift}{\meta{factor}}{.6}
% \keyline{milestone right shift}{\meta{factor}}{.4}
% \keyline{milestone top shift}{\meta{factor}}{.3}
% \keyline{milestone height}{\meta{factor}}{.4}
% Shift the coordinates of a chart element's borders (\opt{\dots\ shift}) and change its height (\opt{\dots\ height}).
% 
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tikzpicture}[x=.5cm, y=1cm]
% 	\begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid]{1}{8}
% 		\gantttitle{Title}{8} \\
% 		\ganttbar{}{2}{7} \\ \\
% 		\ganttgroup{}{2}{6} \\ \\
% 		\ganttmilestone{}{4}
% 	\end{ganttchart}
% 	\small
% 	\draw[blue, line width=1.5pt, dashed] (1,-1) rectangle (2,-2);
% 	\draw[blue, line width=1.5pt, dashed] (1,-3) rectangle (2,-4);
% 	\draw[blue!50!teal, line width=1.5pt, dashed] (3,-5) rectangle (4,-6);
% 	\draw[teal, line width=1.5pt, dashed] (6,-1) rectangle (7,-2);
% 	\draw[teal, line width=1.5pt, dashed] (5,-3) rectangle (6,-4);
% 	\fill[black!75] (1,-1) circle (1.5pt) node[above left] {$(1, 1)$};
% 	\fill[black!75] (7,-2) circle (1.5pt) node[below right] {$(7, 2)$};
% 	\fill[black!75] (1,-3) circle (1.5pt) node[above left] {$(1, 3)$};
% 	\fill[black!75] (6,-4) circle (1.5pt) node[below right] {$(6, 4)$};
% 	\fill[black!75] (3,-5) circle (1.5pt) node[above left] {$(3, 5)$};
% 	\fill[black!75] (4,-6) circle (1.5pt) node[below right] {$(4, 6)$};
% 	\fill[red] (1,-1.3) circle (1.5pt) node[left] {start: $(1+0, 1+0.3)$};
% 	\fill[red] (7,-1.7) circle (1.5pt) node[right] {$(7+0, 1+0.3+0.4)$: stop};
% 	\fill[red] (.9,-3.4) circle (1.5pt) node[left] {start: $(1-0.1, 3+0.4)$};
% 	\fill[red] (6.1,-3.6) circle (1.5pt) node[right] {$(6+0.1, 3+0.4+0.2)$: stop};
% 	\fill[red] (3.6,-5.3) circle (1.5pt) node[left] {start: $(3+0.6, 5+0.3)$};
% 	\fill[red] (4.4,-5.7) circle (1.5pt) node[right] {$(4+0.4, 5+0.3+0.4)$: stop};
% 	\draw[-latex,blue] (.2,.2) node[above=-4pt] {Start time slot (2)} -- (1.5,-1.3);
% 	\draw[-latex,blue] (-3,-4) node[below=-4pt] {Start time slot (2)} -- (1,-3.8);
% 	\draw[-latex,blue!50!teal] (-.5,-5.9) node[left] {Time slot (4)} -- (3,-5.8);
% 	\draw[-latex,teal] (7.2,.1) node[above=-4pt] {End time slot (7)} -- (6.5,-1.3);
% 	\draw[-latex,teal] (8,-4.2) node[right] {End time slot (6)} -- (6,-3.8);
% \end{tikzpicture}
% \end{center}
% 
% The three following figures illustrate the distances modified by these keys. The first figure shows a Gantt chart with a bar, two lines and one time slot.
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tikzpicture}[x=8cm, y=2cm]
% 	\begin{ganttchart}[
% 			x unit=8cm,
% 			y unit chart=2cm,
% 			bar left shift=.2,
% 			bar right shift=-.3,
% 			bar top shift=.25,
% 			bar height=.5,
% 			bar/.append style={line width=1.5pt, fill=yellow!10}
% 		]{1}{1}
% 		\ganttbar[]{}{1}{1} \\
% 	\end{ganttchart}
% 	\small
% 	\draw[densely dashed] (0,-1) -- (1,-1);
% 	\draw[dashed,cyan,line width=1pt] (0,-.3) rectangle (1,-.7);
% 	\draw[cyan,-latex] (.8,.5) node[right,align=left] {Bar with standard values} -- (.75,-.3);
% 	\fill (0,0) circle (1.5pt) node[left] {$(0,0)$};
% 	\fill (0,-1) circle (1.5pt) node[left] {$(0,1)$};
% 	\fill (1,0) circle (1.5pt) node[right] {$(1,0)$};
% 	\fill (1,-1) circle (1.5pt) node[right] {$(1,1)$};
% 	\draw[-latex,line width=1pt,blue]
% 		(0, -.5) node[align=right,left] {\texttt{bar left shift}\\(here: \texttt{0.2})} -- (.2,-.5);
% 	\draw[latex-,line width=1pt,blue]
% 		(.7, -.5) -- (1,-.5) node[align=left,right] {\texttt{bar right shift}\\(here: \texttt{-0.3})};
% 	\draw[-latex,line width=1pt,red]
% 		(.45, 0) node[align=left,above] {\texttt{bar top shift}\\(here: \texttt{0.25})} -- (.45,-.25);
% 	\draw[-latex,line width=1pt,red]
% 		(.6, -.25) -- (.6,-.75) node[align=left,below] {\texttt{bar height}\\(here: \texttt{0.5})};
% \end{tikzpicture}
% \end{center}
% The second one shows a Gantt chart with a group, two lines and one time slot.
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tikzpicture}[x=7cm, y=2cm]
% 	\begin{ganttchart}[
% 		x unit=7cm,
% 		y unit chart=2cm,
% 		group left shift=.2,
% 		group right shift=-.3,
% 		group top shift=.25,
% 		group height=.3,
% 		group peaks width=.1,
% 		group peaks height=.2,
% 		group/.append style={draw=black, line width=1.5pt, fill=yellow!10}
% 	]{1}{1}
% 		\ganttgroup{}{1}{1} \\
% 	\end{ganttchart}
% 	\small
% 	\draw[densely dashed] (0,-1) -- (1,-1);
% 	\draw[dashed,cyan,line width=1pt] (-.1,-.4) rectangle (1.1,-.6);
% 	\draw[cyan,-latex] (.8,.5) node[right,align=left] {Group with standard values\\(without peaks)} -- (.75,-.4);
% 	\fill (0,0) circle (1.5pt) node[left] {$(0,0)$};
% 	\fill (0,-1) circle (1.5pt) node[left] {$(0,1)$};
% 	\fill (1,0) circle (1.5pt) node[right] {$(1,0)$};
% 	\fill (1,-1) circle (1.5pt) node[right] {$(1,1)$};
% 	\draw[-latex,line width=1pt,blue]
% 		(0, -.5) node[align=right,left] {\texttt{group left shift}\\(here: \texttt{0.2})} -- (.2,-.5);
% 	\draw[latex-,line width=1pt,blue]
% 		(.7, -.5) -- (1,-.5) node[align=left,right] {\texttt{group right shift}\\(here: \texttt{-0.3})};
% 	\draw[-latex,line width=1pt,red]
% 		(.45, 0) node[align=left,above] {\texttt{group top shift}\\(here: \texttt{0.25})} -- (.45,-.25);
% 	\draw[-latex,line width=1pt,red]
% 		(.55, -.25) -- (.55,-.55) node[align=left,below left=0pt and -10pt] {\texttt{group height}\\(here: \texttt{0.3})};
% \end{tikzpicture}
% \end{center}
% The third one shows a Gantt chart with a milestone, two lines and two time slots.
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tikzpicture}[x=4cm, y=2cm]
% 	\begin{ganttchart}[
% 		x unit=4cm,
% 		y unit chart=2cm,
% 		milestone left shift=.2,
% 		milestone right shift=-.4,
% 		milestone top shift=.15,
% 		milestone height=.7,
% 		milestone/.append style={draw=black, line width=1.5pt, fill=yellow!10}
% 	]{1}{2}
% 		\ganttmilestone{}{1} \\
% 	\end{ganttchart}
% 	\small
% 	\draw [densely dashed] (0,-1) -- (2,-1);
% 	\draw [densely dashed] (1,0) -- (1,-2);
% 	\draw [dashed, cyan, line width=1pt] (1,-.3) -- (1.4, -0.5) -- (1, -0.7) -- (0.6, -0.5) --cycle;
% 	\draw [cyan,-latex] (1.2,.3)
% 		node [above left=0pt and -5pt] {Milestone with standard values}
% 		-- (1.25,-.4);
% 	\draw [dashdotted] (.2, -.15) -- (1.5, -.15);
% 	\fill (0,0) circle (1.5pt) node[left] {$(0,0)$};
% 	\fill (0,-1) circle (1.5pt) node[left] {$(0,1)$};
% 	\fill (1,0) circle (1.5pt) node[above] {$(1,0)$};
% 	\fill (1,-1) circle (1.5pt) node[below right] {$(1,1)$};
% 	\fill (2,0) circle (1.5pt) node[above right] {$(2,0)$};
% 	\fill (2,-1) circle (1.5pt) node[right] {$(2,1)$};
% 	\draw [-latex, line width=1pt, blue] (0, -.5)
% 		node [align=right, left] {\texttt{milestone left shift}\\(here: \texttt{0.2})}
% 		-- (.2,-.5);
% 	\draw [latex-, line width=1pt, blue] (0.6, -.5) -- (1,-.5)
% 		node [align=left, right] {\texttt{milestone right shift}\\(here: \texttt{-0.4})};
% 	\draw [-latex, line width=1pt, red] (1.5, 0)
% 		node [align=left, above right=0pt and -5pt] {\texttt{milestone top shift}\\(here: \texttt{0.15})}
% 		-- (1.5,-.15);
% 	\draw [-latex, line width=1pt, red] (.4, -.15)
% 		node [align=right, above] {\texttt{milestone height}\\(here: \texttt{0.7})}
% 		-- (.4,-.85);
% \end{tikzpicture}
% \end{center}
% 
% \begin{key}{group right peak tip position}{\meta{fraction}}{0.5}
% \keyline{group right peak width}{\meta{factor}}{0.4}
% \keyline{group right peak height}{\meta{factor}}{0.1}
% \keyline{group left peak tip position}{\meta{fraction}}{0.5}
% \keyline{group left peak width}{\meta{factor}}{0.4}
% \keyline{group left peak height}{\meta{factor}}{0.1}
% \keyline{group peaks tip position}{\meta{fraction}}{\textrm{(none)}}
% \keyline{group peaks width}{\meta{factor}}{\textrm{(none)}}
% \keyline{group peaks height}{\meta{factor}}{\textrm{(none)}}
% Change the appearance of the peaks at both ends of a group. By default, both the left and right peak are 0.4~units wide and 0.1~units high, their tips lie between the peak sides. The \opt{group peaks \dots} keys set the dimensions for both peaks simultaneously. The figure below exemplifies the keys that apply to the left peak.
% 
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tikzpicture}[x=8cm, y=2cm]
% 	\small
% 	\draw (0,0) rectangle (1,-1.3);
% 	\draw [line width=1.5pt, dashed] (.5,-.2) -- (.7,-.2);
% 	\draw [line width=1.5pt, solid] (.5,-.2) -- (.2,-.2) -- (.2,-.5) -- (.3,-.8) -- (.4,-.5) -- (.5,-.5);
% 	\draw [line width=1.5pt, dashed] (.5,-.5) -- (.7,-.5);
% 	\draw [densely dashed] (.2,-.5) -- (.2,-1.3);
% 	\draw [densely dashed] (.3,-.8) -- (.3,-1.3);
% 	\draw [densely dashed] (.3,-.8) -- (1,-.8);
% 	\fill (0,0) circle (1.5pt) node [left] {$(0,0)$};
% 	\fill (0,-1) circle (1.5pt) node [left] {$(0,1)$};
% 	\fill (1,0) circle (1.5pt) node [right] {$(1,0)$};
% 	\fill (1,-1) circle (1.5pt) node [right] {$(1,1)$};
% 	\draw [-latex, line width=1pt, blue] (.2, -.5)
% 		node [left] {\texttt{width}}
% 		-- (.4,-.5);
% 	\draw [-latex, line width=1pt, teal] (.2, -.9) -- (.3,-.9)
% 		node [below, align=left] {\texttt{tip position}\\(as fraction of \texttt{width})};
% 	\draw [-latex, line width=1pt, red] (.5, -.5)
% 		node [below right] {\texttt{height}} -- (.5,-.8);
% \end{tikzpicture}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% 
% For example, you might devise the following layout: Bars are small and rounded; they do not touch the borders of their start and end time slots. Groups stay within the start and end time slot, and the peaks are more acute.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		bar/.append style={fill=red, rounded corners=3pt},
% 		bar left shift=.15,
% 		bar right shift=-.15,
% 		bar top shift=.4,
% 		bar height=.2,
% 		group left shift=0,
% 		group right shift=0,
% 		group peaks tip position=0,
% 		group peaks height=.4
% 	]{1}{7}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{7} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1}{7} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{2} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{3}{7}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		bar/.append style={fill=red, rounded corners=3pt},
% 		bar left shift=.15,
% 		bar right shift=-.15,
% 		bar top shift=.4,
% 		bar height=.2,
% 		group left shift=0,
% 		group right shift=0,
% 		group peaks tip position=0,
% 		group peaks height=.4
% 	]{1}{7}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{7} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1}{7} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{2} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{3}{7}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% 
% 
% \subsubsection{Options: Progress}
% 
% The \textit{progress} of a chart element illustrates the extent to which this element has been completed.
% 
% \begin{key}{progress}{\texttt{none}\space\textbar\space\texttt{today}\space\textbar\space\meta{number}}{none}
% Indicates that a chart element is \meta{number} percent complete. The value \texttt{none} turns progress calculations off.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup[progress=45]{Group 1}{1}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=100]{Subtask 1}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=37]{Subtask 2}{4}{8} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=none]{Subtask 3}{9}{12}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup[progress=45]{Group 1}{1}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=100]{Subtask 1}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=37]{Subtask 2}{4}{8} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=none]{Subtask 3}{9}{12}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% The value \texttt{today} instructs \pack{pgfgantt} to calculate progress according to the value of the \opt{today} key. Thus, if the current date $T$ is earlier than the start date $S$ of a chart element, its progress is 0\,\%; if the current date is later than the end date $E$ of a chart element, its progress is 100\,\%; otherwise, its progress $P$ is calculated according to
% \begin{equation}
% 	P = \frac{T - S}{E - S} \times 100\,\%
% \end{equation}
% \par\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		time slot format=little-endian,
% 		progress=today,
% 		today=4.5.13
% 	]{1.5.13}{12.5.13}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1.5.13}{12.5.13} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Subtask 1}{1.5.13}{3.5.13} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Subtask 2}{4.5.13}{8.5.13} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Subtask 3}{9.5.13}{12.5.13}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		time slot format=little-endian,
% 		progress=today,
% 		today=4.5.13
% 	]{1.5.13}{12.5.13}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1.5.13}{12.5.13} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Subtask 1}{1.5.13}{3.5.13} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Subtask 2}{4.5.13}{8.5.13} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Subtask 3}{9.5.13}{12.5.13}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% 
% \begin{key}[/.style=]{bar incomplete}{\meta{style}}{/pgfgantt/bar, fill=black!25}
% \keyline[/.style=]{group incomplete}{\meta{style}}{/pgfgantt/group, fill=black!25}
% \keyline[/.style=]{milestone incomplete}{\meta{style}}{/pgfgantt/milestone, fill=black!25}
% If $P$ is the progress of a chart element, $P\,\%$ of its area (starting from the left) appear in the basic style (i.\,e., \opt{bar}, \opt{group}, \dots), while the remainder is drawn in style \opt{bar incomplete}, \opt{group incomplete} etc.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		time slot format=isodate,
% 		today=2013-04-06,
% 		progress=today,
% 		bar/.append style={fill=green},
% 		bar incomplete/.append style={fill=red},
% 		group incomplete/.append style={draw=black,fill=none}
% 	]{2013-04-01}{2013-04-12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{2013-04-01}{2013-04-12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Subtask 1}{2013-04-01}{2013-04-03} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Subtask 2}{2013-04-04}{2013-04-08} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Subtask 3}{2013-04-09}{2013-04-12}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		time slot format=isodate,
% 		today=2013-04-06,
% 		progress=today,
% 		bar/.append style={fill=green},
% 		bar incomplete/.append style={fill=red},
% 		group incomplete/.append style={draw=black,fill=none}
% 	]{2013-04-01}{2013-04-12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{2013-04-01}{2013-04-12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Subtask 1}{2013-04-01}{2013-04-03} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Subtask 2}{2013-04-04}{2013-04-08} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Subtask 3}{2013-04-09}{2013-04-12}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% 
% \begin{key}{progress label text}{\meta{text}}{\string\pgfmathprintnumber[precision=0, verbatim]\{\#1\}\string\% complete}
% \keyline{bar progress label anchor}{\meta{anchor}}{east}
% \keyline{bar progress label font}{\meta{font commands}}{\string\scriptsize}
% \keyline[/.style=]{bar progress label node}{\meta{options}}{anchor=west, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{bar progress label font\}}
% \keyline{group progress label anchor}{\meta{anchor}}{east}
% \keyline{group progress label font}{\meta{font commands}}{\string\scriptsize}
% \keyline[/.style=]{group progress label node}{\meta{options}}{anchor=west, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{group progress label font\}}
% \keyline{milestone progress label anchor}{\meta{anchor}}{center}
% \keyline{milestone progress label font}{\meta{font commands}}{\string\scriptsize}
% \keyline[/.style=]{milestone progress label node}{\meta{options}}{anchor=west, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{milestone progress label font\}}
% The \opt{progress label text} key sets the \meta{text} that appears beside each progress element in order to indicate its completeness. This key may contain a single parameter token (|#1|), which is replaced by the (possibly calculated) value of \opt{progress}. The progress label node is drawn at the \opt{\dots\ progress label anchor} of the respective chart element, with the \meta{font commands} given by \opt{\dots\ progress label font} and the \meta{options} given by \opt{\dots\ progress label node}.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		bar/.append style={fill=green},
% 		bar incomplete/.append style={fill=red},
% 		progress=today,
% 		today=6,
% 		group progress label node/.append style={below=3pt}
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		bar progress label font=\color{green!25!black}\sffamily
% 	]{Subtask 1}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		progress label text={$\displaystyle\frac{#1}{100}$}
% 	]{Subtask 2}{5}{12}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		bar/.append style={fill=green},
% 		bar incomplete/.append style={fill=red},
% 		progress=today,
% 		today=6,
% 		group progress label node/.append style={below=3pt}
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Group 1}{1}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		bar progress label font=\color{green!25!black}\sffamily
% 	]{Subtask 1}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		progress label text={$\displaystyle\frac{#1}{100}$}
% 	]{Subtask 2}{5}{12}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% 
% 
% \subsubsection{New Node Shapes}
% \label{sss:NewNodeShapes}
% 
% \pack{pgfgantt} defines three new node shapes:
% 
% \bigskip\noindent
% (1) The \texttt{ganttbar} node shape derives from shape \texttt{rectangle} (section~48.2 of the \TikZ\ manual). It provides four additional anchors: \texttt{on top}, \texttt{on bottom}, \texttt{on left} and \texttt{on right}. The \meta{fraction} set by the following keys indicates a position between the left and right (for \texttt{on top} and \texttt{on bottom}) or upper and lower border (for \texttt{on left} and \texttt{on right}), similarly to the \opt{/tikz/pos} key.
% 
% \begin{key}{on top fraction}{\meta{fraction}}{0.5}
% \keyline{on bottom fraction}{\meta{fraction}}{0.5}
% \keyline{on left fraction}{\meta{fraction}}{0.5}
% \keyline{on right fraction}{\meta{fraction}}{0.5}
% In the following figures, \opt{on top/bottom fraction} is 0.7, whereas \opt{on left/right fraction} is 0.1.
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tikzpicture}
% 	\ganttset{
% 		on top fraction=.7,
% 		on bottom fraction=.7,
% 		on left fraction=.1,
% 		on right fraction=.1
% 	}
% 	\node[
% 		name=s,
% 		shape=ganttbar,
% 		color=black!30,
%     draw,
%     fill=yellow!30,
%     line width=.3cm,
%     inner xsep=2.5cm,
%     inner ysep=0.5cm,
%     font=\Huge
%    ] {ganttbar\vrule width 1pt height 2cm};
% 	\foreach \anchor/\placement in
% 			{north west/above left, north/above, north east/above right,
% 			west/left, center/above, east/right,
% 			mid west/right, mid/above, mid east/left,
% 			base west/left, base/below, base east/right,
% 			south west/below left, south/below, south east/below right,
% 			text/below, 10/right, 130/above}
% 		\draw [shift=(s.\anchor)] plot [mark=x] coordinates{(0, 0)}
% 			node [\placement] {\scriptsize\texttt{(s.\anchor)}};
% 	\foreach \anchor/\placement in
% 			{on top/above, on bottom/below, on left/left, on right/right}
% 		\draw [color=red,shift=(s.\anchor)] plot [mark=x] coordinates{(0, 0)}
% 			node [\placement] {\scriptsize\texttt{(s.\anchor)}};
% \end{tikzpicture}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% 
% \bigskip\noindent
% (2) The \texttt{ganttgroup} node shape also derives from shape \texttt{rectangle}. It provides the additional anchors \texttt{on top}, \texttt{on bottom}, \texttt{on left}, \texttt{on right} (same as above), \texttt{left peak} and \texttt{right peak}.
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tikzpicture}
% 	\ganttset{
% 		group peaks tip position=.5,
% 		group peaks width=4,
% 		group peaks height=1,
% 		on top fraction=.7,
% 		on bottom fraction=.7,
% 		on left fraction=.1,
% 		on right fraction=.1
% 	}
% 	\node[
% 		name=s,
% 		shape=ganttgroup,
% 		color=black!30,
%     draw,
%     fill=yellow!30,
%     line width=.3cm,
%     inner xsep=2.5cm,
%     inner ysep=0.5cm,
%     font=\Huge
%    ] {ganttgroup\vrule width 1pt height 2cm};
% 	\foreach \anchor/\placement in
% 			{north west/above left, north/above, north east/above right,
% 			west/left, center/above, east/right,
% 			mid west/right, mid/above, mid east/left,
% 			base west/left, base/below, base east/right,
% 			south west/below left, south/below, south east/below right,
% 			text/below, 10/right, 130/above}
% 		\draw [shift=(s.\anchor)] plot [mark=x] coordinates{(0, 0)}
% 			node [\placement] {\scriptsize\texttt{(s.\anchor)}};
% 	\foreach \anchor/\placement in
% 			{on top/above, on bottom/below, on left/left, on right/right,
% 			left peak/below, right peak/below}
% 		\draw [color=red,shift=(s.\anchor)] plot [mark=x] coordinates{(0, 0)}
% 			node [\placement] {\scriptsize\texttt{(s.\anchor)}};
% \end{tikzpicture}
% \end{center}
% 
% \bigskip\noindent
% (3) The \texttt{ganttmilestone} node shape derives from shape \texttt{diamond} (section~48.3 of the \TikZ\ manual), but does not consider any aspect ratio. It provides the additional anchors \texttt{on top}, \texttt{on bottom}, \texttt{on left} and \texttt{on right} (same as above).
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tikzpicture}
% 	\ganttset{
% 		on top fraction=.7,
% 		on bottom fraction=.7,
% 		on left fraction=.1,
% 		on right fraction=.1
% 	}
% 	\node[
% 		name=s,
% 		shape=ganttmilestone,
% 		color=black!30,
%     draw,
%     fill=yellow!30,
%     line width=.3cm,
%     inner sep=0.5cm,
%     font=\Huge
%    ] {ganttmilestone\vrule width 1pt height 1cm};
% 	\foreach \anchor/\placement in
% 			{north west/above left, north/above, north east/above right,
% 			west/left, center/above, east/right, mid/above, base/below,
% 			south west/below left, south/below, south east/below right,
% 			text/left, 10/right, 130/above}
% 		\draw [shift=(s.\anchor)] plot [mark=x] coordinates{(0, 0)}
% 			node [\placement] {\scriptsize\texttt{(s.\anchor)}};
% 	\foreach \anchor/\placement in
% 			{on top/above, on bottom/below, on left/left, on right/right}
% 		\draw [color=red,shift=(s.\anchor)] plot [mark=x] coordinates{(0, 0)}
% 			node [\placement] {\scriptsize\texttt{(s.\anchor)}};
% \end{tikzpicture}
% \end{center}
% 
% 
% \subsection{Defining Custom Chart Elements}
% 
% You may define completely new chart elements with
% \begin{texcode}
% \newganttchartelement`\marg{name}\marg{new default key values}'
% \newganttchartelement*`\marg{name}\marg{new default key values}'
% \end{texcode}
% \DescribeMacro{\newganttchartelement}|\newganttchartelement| (unstarred) defines a new chart element |\gantt|\textcolor{RoyalBlue}{\meta{name}} and the corresponding |\ganttlinked|\textcolor{RoyalBlue}{\meta{name}}. These chart element macros take one optional argument \meta{options} and \textit{three} mandatory arguments \meta{label}, \meta{start tss} and \meta{end tss} (like |\ganttbar|).
% 
% Chart element macros defined by the starred form, \DescribeMacro{\newganttchartelement*}|\newganttchartelement*|, take the same single optional argument, but \textit{two} mandatory arguments \meta{label} and \meta{tss} (like |\ganttmilestone|).
% 
% For each new chart element, |\newganttchartelement| also introduces a set of nine value-storing keys and five style keys and assigns default values to them:
% \begin{center}
% 	\begin{tabular}{l >{\ttfamily}l}
% 		\toprule
% 		\itshape Key & \rmfamily\itshape Default value \\
% 		\midrule
% 		\multicolumn{2}{l}{\bfseries Style keys} \\
% 		\meta{name} & shape=rectangle, inner sep=0pt, draw, fill=white \\
% 		\meta{name}\texttt{ incomplete} & /pgfgantt/\textrm{\meta{name}}, fill=black!25 \\
% 		\meta{name}\texttt{ label node} & anchor=east, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{\textrm{\meta{name}} label font\} \\
% 		\meta{name}\texttt{ inline label node} & anchor=center, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{\textrm{\meta{name}} label font\} \\
% 		\meta{name}\texttt{ progress label node} & anchor=west, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{\textrm{\meta{name}} progress label font\} \\
% 		\midrule
% 		\multicolumn{2}{l}{\bfseries Value-storing keys} \\
% 		\meta{name}\texttt{ label font} & \string\normalsize \\
% 		\meta{name}\texttt{ inline label anchor} & center \\
% 		\meta{name}\texttt{ progress label anchor} & east \\
% 		\meta{name}\texttt{ progress label font} & \string\scriptsize \\
% 		\meta{name}\texttt{ left shift} & 0 \\
% 		\meta{name}\texttt{ right shift} & 0 \\
% 		\meta{name}\texttt{ top shift} & .3 \\
% 		\meta{name}\texttt{ height} & .4 \\
% 		\meta{name}\texttt{ label text} & \string\strut\#1 \\
% 		\bottomrule
% 	\end{tabular}\hspace*{-120pt}
% \end{center}
% Consequently, a new chart element will look like the standard |\ganttbar| unless you introduce some \meta{new default key values}.
% 
% Let us define a new chart element called ``foobar'', which is basically a fancy-colored and -shaped bar:
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \definecolor{foobarblue}{RGB}{0,153,255}
% \definecolor{foobaryellow}{RGB}{234,187,0}
% 
% \newganttchartelement{foobar}{
% 	foobar/.style={
% 		shape=rounded rectangle,
% 		inner sep=0pt,
% 		draw=foobarblue!50!black,
% 		very thick,
% 		top color=white,
% 		bottom color=foobarblue!50
% 	},
% 	foobar incomplete/.style={
% 		/pgfgantt/foobar,
% 		draw=foobaryellow,
% 		bottom color=foobaryellow!50
% 	},
% 	foobar label font=\slshape,
% 	foobar left shift=-.1,
% 	foobar right shift=.1
% }
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		progress=today,
% 		progress label text=\relax,
% 		today=6
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitlecalendar{day} \\[grid]
% 	\ganttfoobar{Foobar 1}{1}{2} \\
% 	\ganttfoobar{Foobar 2}{3}{7} \\
% 	\ganttlinkedfoobar{Foobar 3}{9}{12}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \definecolor{foobarblue}{RGB}{0,153,255}
% \definecolor{foobaryellow}{RGB}{234,187,0}
% 
% \newganttchartelement{foobar}{
% 	foobar/.style={
% 		shape=rounded rectangle,
% 		inner sep=0pt,
% 		draw=foobarblue!50!black,
% 		very thick,
% 		top color=white,
% 		bottom color=foobarblue!50
% 	},
% 	foobar incomplete/.style={
% 		/pgfgantt/foobar,
% 		draw=foobaryellow,
% 		bottom color=foobaryellow!50
% 	},
% 	foobar label font=\slshape,
% 	foobar left shift=-.1,
% 	foobar right shift=.1
% }
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		progress=today,
% 		progress label text=\relax,
% 		today=6
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitlecalendar{day} \\[grid]
% 	\ganttfoobar{Foobar 1}{1}{2} \\
% 	\ganttfoobar{Foobar 2}{3}{7} \\
% 	\ganttlinkedfoobar{Foobar 3}{9}{12}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% 
%
% \subsection{Links}
% \label{ssc:Links}
%
% So far, we have drawn charts whose elements were quite independent of each other. However, relations or \textit{links} between these elements frequently appear on real Gantt charts. For example, a task may only start if a previous one has been completed, or finishing a task may constitute a milestone.
% \begin{texcode}
% \ganttlink`\oarg{options}\marg{start element name}\marg{end element name}'
% \end{texcode}
% 
% \begin{key}{name}{\meta{name}}{\textrm{(empty)}}
% The \DescribeMacro{\ganttlink}|\ganttlink| macro connects two elements, which are specified by their \meta{name}s. By default, chart elements are named automatically: The first one receives the name \texttt{elem0}, the second one is called \texttt{elem1} and so on. However, the \opt{name} key allows you to assign a name to each chart element.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{minipage}[t]{.44\textwidth}
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{4} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{5}{7} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 3}{10}{12}
% 	\ganttlink{elem0}{elem1}
% 	\ganttlink{elem1}{elem2}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \end{minipage}\hfill
% \begin{minipage}[t]{.44\textwidth}
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar[name=b1]%
% 		{Task 1}{1}{4} \\
% 	\ganttbar[name=b2]%
% 		{Task 2}{5}{7} \\
% 	\ganttbar[name=xyz]%
% 		{Task 3}{10}{12}
% 	\ganttlink{b1}{b2}
% 	\ganttlink{b2}{xyz}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \end{minipage}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar[name=b1]%
% 		{Task 1}{1}{4} \\
% 	\ganttbar[name=b2]%
% 		{Task 2}{5}{7} \\
% 	\ganttbar[name=xyz]%
% 		{Task 3}{10}{12}
% 	\ganttlink{b1}{b2}
% 	\ganttlink{b2}{xyz}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
% 
% \begin{key}[/.style=]{link}{\meta{style}}{-latex, rounded corners=1pt}
% Sets the appearance of the link.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		link/.style={[-to, line width=1pt, blue}
% 	]{1}{7}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{7} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{4} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{5}{7}
% 	\ganttlink{elem0}{elem1}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		link/.style={[-to, line width=1pt, blue}
% 	]{1}{7}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{7} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{4} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{5}{7}
% 	\ganttlink{elem0}{elem1}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
%
% \begin{key}{link type}{\meta{type}}{auto}
% Link types fall into several categories:
% \begin{enumerate}\parskip0pt
% 	\item \textit{Automatic links} are arrow-like. As you can see from the examples above, they consist of three segments (two horizontal, one vertical) if their start and end time slots are sufficiently separated. Otherwise, they comprise five segments (three horizontal, two vertical). Three keys further modify the appearance of automatic links:
%
% \begin{key}{link mid}{\meta{factor}}{0.5}
% Changes the position of the single vertical segment (in three-part links) or of the middle horizontal segment (in five-part links). By default, these segments are horizontally centered between the left and the right vertical segment, or vertically centered between the upper and the lower horizontal segment, respectively.\par\bigskip
% \keyline{link bulge}{\meta{factor}}{0.4}
% In five-part links, the upper and lower vertical segments are shifted along the $x$-axis by $+$\meta{factor} and $-$\meta{factor}, respectively.\par\bigskip
% \keyline{link tolerance}{\meta{factor}}{0.6}
% Decides whether \pack{pgfgantt} draws a five- or a three-part link. If the true $x$-coordinates of the link start and end differ by at least \meta{factor} (this is the case for the second link in the example below), the package draws a five-part link.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid, link mid=.25, link bulge=1.3]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{4} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{5}{7} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 3}{10}{12}
% 	\ganttlink{elem0}{elem1}
% 	\ganttlink[link mid=.8]{elem1}{elem2}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid, link mid=.25, link bulge=1.3]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{1}{4} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{5}{7} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 3}{10}{12}
% 	\ganttlink{elem0}{elem1}
% 	\ganttlink[link mid=.8]{elem1}{elem2}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
%
% 	\item \textit{Straight links} are only meant for connecting two bars in order to establish start-to-finish relations (\texttt{s-f}), start-to-start relations (\texttt{s-s}) etc. Their \meta{type} identifiers are reminiscent of the syntax for specifying arrow tips in \TikZ: Each identifier is composed of two letters separated by a hyphen.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		link/.style={-latex, draw=red, fill=red}
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{2}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{2}{5} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 3}{6}{11} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 4}{8}{11}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=s-s]{elem0}{elem1}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=f-s]{elem1}{elem2}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=f-f]{elem2}{elem3}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		link/.style={-latex, draw=red, fill=red}
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{2}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{2}{5} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 3}{6}{11} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 4}{8}{11}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=s-s]{elem0}{elem1}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=f-s]{elem1}{elem2}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=f-f]{elem2}{elem3}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
%
% 	\item \textit{Custom links} allow you to define completely new link types. Strictly speaking, automatic and straight links are predefined custom links whose code supports the keys mentioned above (section~\ref{ssc:ImplLinks} presents the \TikZ\ code of these links).\par
% For instance, \pack{pgfgantt} provides one additional link type, \texttt{dr} (short for ``down-right''). This type is convenient for connecting inline-labeled bars if the label of the start bar protrudes from its right border.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		inline,
% 		link/.style={->, ultra thick}
% 	]{1}{15}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{15} \\
% 	\ganttbar{A really long label}{1}{3}
% 	\ganttbar{Another really long label}{10}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 3}{4}{6}
% 	\ganttbar{Task 4}{13}{15}
% 	\ganttlink[link/.append style=red]{elem0}{elem2}
% 	\ganttlink[link/.append style=green, link type=dr]{elem1}{elem3}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		inline,
% 		link/.style={->, ultra thick}
% 	]{1}{15}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{15} \\
% 	\ganttbar{A really long label}{1}{3}
% 	\ganttbar{Another really long label}{10}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 3}{4}{6}
% 	\ganttbar{Task 4}{13}{15}
% 	\ganttlink[link/.append style=red]{elem0}{elem2}
% 	\ganttlink[link/.append style=green, link type=dr]{elem1}{elem3}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
%
% The following macro creates new link types:
% \begin{texcode}
% \newganttlinktype`\marg{type}\marg{TikZ code}'
% \end{texcode}
% \DescribeMacro{\newganttlinktype}It defines a new link \meta{type} which is drawn by the given \meta{TikZ code}. When you write this code, you do not have to know the final absolute coordinates of each link type instance. On the contrary, several commands that are only available in the second argument of |\newganttlinktype| help you to design generic link types:
% \begin{itemize}
% 	\item First, you have to choose the border points of the chart elements the link will connect. For this purpose, \DescribeMacro{\ganttsetstartanchor}|\ganttsetstartanchor{|\meta{anchor}|}| and \DescribeMacro{\ganttsetendanchor}|\ganttsetendanchor{|\meta{anchor}|}| select an \meta{anchor} of the start and end element, respectively. See the figures in section~\ref{sss:NewNodeShapes} for possible \meta{anchor}s of the default chart element shapes. You may specify a certain \meta{fraction} for anchors like \texttt{on top} by |\ganttsetstartanchor{on top=|\meta{fraction}|}|.
% 
% \pack{pgfgantt} sets the default anchors to |\ganttsetstartanchor{east}| and |\ganttsetendanchor{west}|, so you even may omit these two commands.
% 	\item The two macro pairs \DescribeMacro{\xLeft}|\xLeft|/\DescribeMacro{\yUpper}|\yUpper| and \DescribeMacro{\xRight}|\xRight|/\DescribeMacro{\yLower}|\yLower| provide the $x$- and $y$-coordinates of the link start and end points, respectively.
% \begin{center}\makeatletter
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid, x unit=.9cm, y unit chart=2cm, link/.style={draw=black!30, ultra thick, ->, rounded corners=5pt}]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar[inline]{Task 1}{2}{4} \\
% 	\ganttbar[inline]{Task 2}{7}{9}
% 	\ganttlink{elem0}{elem1}
% 	\fill [red!10!blue] (elem0.east) circle [radius=1.5pt] node [above right] {(\texttt{\string\xLeft}, \texttt{\string\yUpper})};
% 	\fill [red!90!blue] (elem1.west) circle [radius=1.5pt] node [below left] {(\texttt{\string\xRight}, \texttt{\string\yLower})};
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% 	\item \DescribeMacro{\ganttlinklabel}|\ganttlinklabel| contains the label that you may assign to each link type via |\setganttlinklabel| or the \opt{link label} key (see below).
% 	\item You can access any values stored in the package's \meta{key}s with the macro \DescribeMacro{\ganttvalueof}|\ganttvalueof|\marg{key}.
% 	\item Remember that you can use the style \opt{/pgfgantt/link} to ensure a uniform appearance of all your link types.
% \end{itemize}
% \end{enumerate}
% \end{key}
% 
% \begin{texcode}
% \newganttlinktypealias`\marg{new type}\marg{existing type}'
% \end{texcode}
% \DescribeMacro{\newganttlinktypealias}|\newganttlinktypealias| lets a \meta{new type} equal an \meta{existing type}, also copying any label that has been set for the \meta{existing type}.
% \par\bigskip
% \begin{texcode}
% \setganttlinklabel`\marg{type}\marg{label}'
% \end{texcode}
% \DescribeMacro{\setganttlinklabel}|\setganttlinklabel| sets a \meta{label} for the given link \meta{type}. In the following example, note how \texttt{sta-to-sta} and \texttt{s-s} share a common label, while we change the label of \texttt{fin-to-fin}.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \newganttlinktypealias{sta-to-sta}{s-s}
% \newganttlinktypealias{fin-to-fin}{f-f}
% \setganttlinklabel{fin-to-fin}{f2f}
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{2}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{2}{8} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 3}{6}{8}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=sta-to-sta]{elem0}{elem1}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=fin-to-fin]{elem1}{elem2}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \newganttlinktypealias{sta-to-sta}{s-s}
% \newganttlinktypealias{fin-to-fin}{f-f}
% \setganttlinklabel{fin-to-fin}{f2f}
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{2}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{2}{8} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 3}{6}{8}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=sta-to-sta]{elem0}{elem1}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=fin-to-fin]{elem1}{elem2}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \par\bigskip Let's put it all together and devise two new link types. Firstly, \texttt{zigzag} connects the lower right corner of the start element and the upper left corner of the end element with a thick, cyan line decorated by a zigzag pattern.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathmorphing}
% 
% \newganttlinktype{zigzag}{
% 	\ganttsetstartanchor{on right=1}
% 	\ganttsetendanchor{on left=0}
% 	\draw [decoration=zigzag, decorate, thick, cyan]
% 		(\xLeft, \yUpper) --
% 		(\xRight, \yLower);
% }
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{2}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{7}{12}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=zigzag]{elem0}{elem1}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \newganttlinktype{zigzag}{
% 	\ganttsetstartanchor{on right=1}
% 	\ganttsetendanchor{on left=0}
% 	\draw [decoration=zigzag, decorate, thick, cyan]
% 		(\xLeft, \yUpper) --
% 		(\xRight, \yLower);
% }
% \begin{ganttchart}[vgrid, hgrid]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{2}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{7}{12}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=zigzag]{elem0}{elem1}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% Secondly, \texttt{drur} (short for down-right-up-right) draws a labelled arrow in the default style \opt{link}. The link starts at the bottom of the first element and connects to the left border of the second one. In addition, the known keys \opt{link mid} and \opt{link bulge} decide where the line going up is positioned and how far the first line going right is below the start coordinate, respectively.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \newganttlinktype{drur}{
% 	\ganttsetstartanchor{on bottom=0.75}
% 	\ganttsetendanchor{on left}
% 	\draw [/pgfgantt/link]
% 		% first segment (down)
% 		(\xLeft, \yUpper) --
% 		% second segment (right)
% 		(\xLeft, \yUpper -
% 			\ganttvalueof{link bulge} * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart}) --
% 		% link label
% 		node [pos=.5, /pgfgantt/link label anchor] {\ganttlinklabel}
% 		% third segment (up)
% 		($(\xLeft,
% 			\yUpper -
% 				\ganttvalueof{link bulge} * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart})!%
% 			\ganttvalueof{link mid}!%
% 			(\xRight,
% 			\yUpper -
% 				\ganttvalueof{link bulge} * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart})$) --
% 		% last segment (right again)
% 		($(\xLeft, \yLower)!%
% 			\ganttvalueof{link mid}!%
% 			(\xRight, \yLower)$) --
% 		(\xRight, \yLower);
% }
% \setganttlinklabel{drur}{a fancy link}
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		link/.style={thick, ->, green!50!black, rounded corners=2mm},
% 		link label anchor/.style=below,
% 		link mid=.7, link bulge=.6
% 	]{1}12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar[inline]{Task 1}{2}{4}
% 	\ganttbar[inline]{Task 2}{8}{11} \\
% 	\ganttlink[link type=drur]{elem0}{elem1}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \newganttlinktype{drur}{
% 	\ganttsetstartanchor{on bottom=0.75}
% 	\ganttsetendanchor{on left}
% 	\draw [/pgfgantt/link]
% 		(\xLeft, \yUpper) --
% 		(\xLeft, \yUpper -
% 			\ganttvalueof{link bulge} * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart}) --
% 		node [pos=.5, /pgfgantt/link label anchor] {\ganttlinklabel}
% 		($(\xLeft,
% 			\yUpper -
% 				\ganttvalueof{link bulge} * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart})!%
% 			\ganttvalueof{link mid}!%
% 			(\xRight,
% 			\yUpper -
% 				\ganttvalueof{link bulge} * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart})$) --
% 		($(\xLeft, \yLower)!%
% 			\ganttvalueof{link mid}!%
% 			(\xRight, \yLower)$) --
% 		(\xRight, \yLower);
% }
% \setganttlinklabel{drur}{a fancy link}
% 
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		link/.style={thick, ->, green!50!black, rounded corners=2mm},
% 		link label anchor/.style=below,
% 		link mid=.7, link bulge=.6
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar[inline]{Task 1}{2}{4}
% 	\ganttbar[inline]{Task 2}{8}{11} \\
% 	\ganttlink[link type=drur]{elem0}{elem1}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% (Please remove the comments if you copy the code above -- they will confuse \TikZ\ and generate tons of errors.)
% 
% \begin{key}{link label}{\meta{label}}{\textrm{(empty)}}
% \keyline{link label font}{\meta{font commands}}{\string\scriptsize\string\itshape}
% \keyline[/.style=]{link label node}{\meta{options}}{anchor=west, font=\string\ganttvalueof\{link label font\}}
% The \opt{link label} key locally overrides any label specified by |\setganttlinklabel|. The \meta{font commands} and \meta{options} are applied to the link label node. By default, the label appears to the right of the straight link's center.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		link label font=\small\bfseries\color{purple}
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{2}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{2}{5} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 3}{6}{11} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 4}{8}{11} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 5}{4}{7}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=s-s]{elem0}{elem1}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=f-s, link label={f$\to$s}]{elem1}{elem2}
% 	\ganttlink[
% 		link type=f-f,
% 		link label node/.append style={anchor=east}
% 	]{elem2}{elem3}
% 	\ganttlink[
% 		link type=s-f,
% 		link label node/.append style={anchor=base}
% 	]{elem3}{elem4}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		vgrid,
% 		hgrid,
% 		link label font=\small\bfseries\color{purple}
% 	]{1}{12}
% 	\gantttitle{Title}{12} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 1}{2}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 2}{2}{5} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 3}{6}{11} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 4}{8}{11} \\
% 	\ganttbar{Task 5}{4}{7}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=s-s]{elem0}{elem1}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=f-s, link label={f$\to$s}]{elem1}{elem2}
% 	\ganttlink[
% 		link type=f-f,
% 		link label node/.append style={anchor=east}
% 	]{elem2}{elem3}
% 	\ganttlink[
% 		link type=s-f,
% 		link label node/.append style={anchor=base}
% 	]{elem3}{elem4}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% \end{key}
%
%
% \subsection{Style Examples}
%
% The first example plays around with colors and notably uses equal $x$- and $y$-vectors.
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		y unit title=0.4cm,
% 		y unit chart=0.5cm,
% 		vgrid,
% 		time slot format=isodate-yearmonth,
% 		time slot unit=month,
% 		title/.append style={draw=none, fill=RoyalBlue!50!black},
% 		title label font=\sffamily\bfseries\color{white},
% 		title label node/.append style={below=-1.6ex},
% 		title left shift=.05,
% 		title right shift=-.05,
% 		title height=1,
% 		bar/.append style={draw=none, fill=OliveGreen!75},
% 		bar height=.6,
% 		bar label font=\normalsize\color{black!50},
% 		group right shift=0,
% 		group top shift=.6,
% 		group height=.3,
% 		group peaks height=.2,
% 		bar incomplete/.append style={fill=Maroon}
% 	]{2010-09}{2011-12}
% 	\gantttitlecalendar{year} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		progress=100,
% 		bar progress label font=\small\color{OliveGreen!75},
% 		bar progress label node/.append style={right=4pt},
% 		bar label font=\normalsize\color{OliveGreen},
% 		name=pp
% 	]{Preliminary Project}{2010-09}{2010-12} \\
% 	\ganttset{progress label text={}, link/.style={black, -to}}
% 	\ganttgroup{Objective 1}{2011-01}{2011-12} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=4, name=T1A]{Task A}{2011-01}{2011-06} \\
% 	\ganttlinkedbar[progress=0]{Task B}{2011-07}{2011-12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Objective 2}{2011-01}{2011-12} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=15, name=T2A]{Task A}{2011-01}{2011-09} \\
% 	\ganttlinkedbar[progress=0]{Task B}{2011-10}{2011-12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Objective 3}{2011-05}{2011-08} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=0]{Task A}{2011-05}{2011-08}
% 	\ganttset{link/.style={OliveGreen}}
% 	\ganttlink[link mid=.4]{pp}{T1A}
% 	\ganttlink[link mid=.159]{pp}{T2A}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		y unit title=0.4cm,
% 		y unit chart=0.5cm,
% 		vgrid,
% 		time slot format=isodate-yearmonth,
% 		time slot unit=month,
% 		title/.append style={draw=none, fill=RoyalBlue!50!black},
% 		title label font=\sffamily\bfseries\color{white},
% 		title label node/.append style={below=-1.6ex},
% 		title left shift=.05,
% 		title right shift=-.05,
% 		title height=1,
% 		bar/.append style={draw=none, fill=OliveGreen!75},
% 		bar height=.6,
% 		bar label font=\normalsize\color{black!50},
% 		group right shift=0,
% 		group top shift=.6,
% 		group height=.3,
% 		group peaks height=.2,
% 		bar incomplete/.append style={fill=Maroon}
% 	]{2010-09}{2011-12}
% 	\gantttitlecalendar{year} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		progress=100,
% 		bar progress label font=\small\color{OliveGreen!75},
% 		bar progress label node/.append style={right=4pt},
% 		bar label font=\normalsize\color{OliveGreen},
% 		name=pp
% 	]{Preliminary Project}{2010-09}{2010-12} \\
% 	\ganttset{progress label text={}, link/.style={black, -to}}
% 	\ganttgroup{Objective 1}{2011-01}{2011-12} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=4, name=T1A]{Task A}{2011-01}{2011-06} \\
% 	\ganttlinkedbar[progress=0]{Task B}{2011-07}{2011-12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Objective 2}{2011-01}{2011-12} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=15, name=T2A]{Task A}{2011-01}{2011-09} \\
% 	\ganttlinkedbar[progress=0]{Task B}{2011-10}{2011-12} \\
% 	\ganttgroup{Objective 3}{2011-05}{2011-08} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=0]{Task A}{2011-05}{2011-08}
% 	\ganttset{link/.style={OliveGreen}}
% 	\ganttlink[link mid=.4]{pp}{T1A}
% 	\ganttlink[link mid=.159]{pp}{T2A}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
% 
% \bigskip
% The second example demonstrates that \pack{pgfgantt} is really flexible: Even an appearance quite different from the standard layout is possible. (More precisely, the code below tries to reproduce the Gantt chart from the English Wikipedia site, see \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gantt_chart}.)
% \par\bigskip\noindent
% \begin{texcode}
% \definecolor{barblue}{RGB}{153,204,254}
% \definecolor{groupblue}{RGB}{51,102,254}
% \definecolor{linkred}{RGB}{165,0,33}
% \renewcommand\sfdefault{phv}
% \renewcommand\mddefault{mc}
% \renewcommand\bfdefault{bc}
% \setganttlinklabel{s-s}{START-TO-START}
% \setganttlinklabel{f-s}{FINISH-TO-START}
% \setganttlinklabel{f-f}{FINISH-TO-FINISH}
% \sffamily
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		canvas/.append style={fill=none, draw=black!5, line width=.75pt},
% 		hgrid style/.style={draw=black!5, line width=.75pt},
% 		vgrid={*1{draw=black!5, line width=.75pt}},
% 		today=7,
% 		today rule/.style={
% 			draw=black!64,
% 			dash pattern=on 3.5pt off 4.5pt,
% 			line width=1.5pt
% 		},
% 		today label font=\small\bfseries,
% 		title/.style={draw=none, fill=none},
% 		title label font=\bfseries\footnotesize,
% 		title label node/.append style={below=7pt},
% 		include title in canvas=false,
% 		bar label font=\mdseries\small\color{black!70},
% 		bar label node/.append style={left=2cm},
% 		bar/.append style={draw=none, fill=black!63},
% 		bar incomplete/.append style={fill=barblue},
% 		bar progress label font=\mdseries\footnotesize\color{black!70},
% 		group incomplete/.append style={fill=groupblue},
% 		group left shift=0,
% 		group right shift=0,
% 		group height=.5,
% 		group peaks tip position=0,
% 		group label node/.append style={left=.6cm},
% 		group progress label font=\bfseries\small,
% 		link/.style={-latex, line width=1.5pt, linkred},
% 		link label font=\scriptsize\bfseries,
% 		link label node/.append style={below left=-2pt and 0pt}
% 	]{1}{13}
% 	\gantttitle[
% 		title label node/.append style={below left=7pt and -3pt}
% 	]{WEEKS:\quad1}{1}
% 	\gantttitlelist{2,...,13}{1} \\
% 	\ganttgroup[progress=57]{WBS 1 Summary Element 1}{1}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		progress=75,
% 		name=WBS1A
% 	]{\textbf{WBS 1.1} Activity A}{1}{8} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		progress=67,
% 		name=WBS1B
% 	]{\textbf{WBS 1.2} Activity B}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		progress=50,
% 		name=WBS1C
% 	]{\textbf{WBS 1.3} Activity C}{4}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		progress=0,
% 		name=WBS1D
% 	]{\textbf{WBS 1.4} Activity D}{4}{10} \\[grid]
% 	\ganttgroup[progress=0]{WBS 2 Summary Element 2}{4}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=0]{\textbf{WBS 2.1} Activity E}{4}{5} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=0]{\textbf{WBS 2.2} Activity F}{6}{8} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=0]{\textbf{WBS 2.3} Activity G}{9}{10}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=s-s]{WBS1A}{WBS1B}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=f-s]{WBS1B}{WBS1C}
% 	\ganttlink[
% 		link type=f-f,
% 		link label node/.append style=left
% 	]{WBS1C}{WBS1D}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{texcode}
% \begin{center}
% \definecolor{barblue}{RGB}{153,204,254}
% \definecolor{groupblue}{RGB}{51,102,254}
% \definecolor{linkred}{RGB}{165,0,33}
% \renewcommand\sfdefault{phv}
% \renewcommand\mddefault{mc}
% \renewcommand\bfdefault{bc}
% \setganttlinklabel{s-s}{START-TO-START}
% \setganttlinklabel{f-s}{FINISH-TO-START}
% \setganttlinklabel{f-f}{FINISH-TO-FINISH}
% \sffamily
% \begin{ganttchart}[
% 		canvas/.append style={fill=none, draw=black!5, line width=.75pt},
% 		hgrid style/.style={draw=black!5, line width=.75pt},
% 		vgrid={*1{draw=black!5, line width=.75pt}},
% 		today=7,
% 		today rule/.style={
% 			draw=black!64,
% 			dash pattern=on 3.5pt off 4.5pt,
% 			line width=1.5pt
% 		},
% 		today label font=\small\bfseries,
% 		title/.style={draw=none, fill=none},
% 		title label font=\bfseries\footnotesize,
% 		title label node/.append style={below=7pt},
% 		include title in canvas=false,
% 		bar label font=\mdseries\small\color{black!70},
% 		bar label node/.append style={left=2cm},
% 		bar/.append style={draw=none, fill=black!63},
% 		bar incomplete/.append style={fill=barblue},
% 		bar progress label font=\mdseries\footnotesize\color{black!70},
% 		group incomplete/.append style={fill=groupblue},
% 		group left shift=0,
% 		group right shift=0,
% 		group height=.5,
% 		group peaks tip position=0,
% 		group label node/.append style={left=.6cm},
% 		group progress label font=\bfseries\small,
% 		link/.style={-latex, line width=1.5pt, linkred},
% 		link label font=\scriptsize\bfseries,
% 		link label node/.append style={below left=-2pt and 0pt}
% 	]{1}{13}
% 	\gantttitle[
% 		title label node/.append style={below left=7pt and -3pt}
% 	]{WEEKS:\quad1}{1}
% 	\gantttitlelist{2,...,13}{1} \\
% 	\ganttgroup[progress=57]{WBS 1 Summary Element 1}{1}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		progress=75,
% 		name=WBS1A
% 	]{\textbf{WBS 1.1} Activity A}{1}{8} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		progress=67,
% 		name=WBS1B
% 	]{\textbf{WBS 1.2} Activity B}{1}{3} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		progress=50,
% 		name=WBS1C
% 	]{\textbf{WBS 1.3} Activity C}{4}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar[
% 		progress=0,
% 		name=WBS1D
% 	]{\textbf{WBS 1.4} Activity D}{4}{10} \\[grid]
% 	\ganttgroup[progress=0]{WBS 2 Summary Element 2}{4}{10} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=0]{\textbf{WBS 2.1} Activity E}{4}{5} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=0]{\textbf{WBS 2.2} Activity F}{6}{8} \\
% 	\ganttbar[progress=0]{\textbf{WBS 2.3} Activity G}{9}{10}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=s-s]{WBS1A}{WBS1B}
% 	\ganttlink[link type=f-s]{WBS1B}{WBS1C}
% 	\ganttlink[
% 		link type=f-f,
% 		link label node/.append style=left
% 	]{WBS1C}{WBS1D}
% \end{ganttchart}
% \end{center}
%
% 
% \StopEventually{\PrintIndex\PrintChanges}
% \lstDeleteShortInline|
% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
% \clearpage\section{Implementation}
%
%
% \subsection{Packages}
%
% \pack{pgfgantt} is modest in terms of dependencies: It only requires the \TikZ\ and \pack{pgfcalendar} packages.
%
% \iffalse
%<*pgfgantt>
% \fi
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{tikz}
\usetikzlibrary{%
  arrows, backgrounds, calc,%
  patterns, positioning, shapes.geometric%
}
\RequirePackage{pgfcalendar}

%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \subsection{Macros for Key and Error Management}
%
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@ifstar}
% |\@gtt@ifstar| reimplements the \LaTeXe\ kernel's |\@ifstar| macro.
% This makes it robust to \pack{amsgen}'s reimplementation of
% |\@ifstar|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@gtt@ifstar#1{\kernel@ifnextchar*{\@firstoftwo{#1}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ganttset}
% |\ganttset| changes the current key path to |/pgfgantt/| and then executes the keys in its mandatory argument.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ganttset#1{\pgfqkeys{/pgfgantt}{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@keydef}
% The following auxiliary macros save us some code when we devise keys later on. |\@gtt@keydef|\marg{key}\marg{initial value} declares the key |/pgfgantt/|\meta{key} and stores its \meta{initial value}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@gtt@keydef#1#2{%
  \pgfkeyssetvalue{/pgfgantt/#1}{#2}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{macro}{\ganttvalueof}
% |\ganttvalueof|\marg{key} retrieves the value stored by a \meta{key}. Link type authors should be able to use this macro in their code; thus, it lacks any |@|s.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ganttvalueof#1{%
  \pgfkeysvalueof{/pgfgantt/#1}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@stylekeydef}
% |\@gtt@stylekeydef|\marg{key}\marg{initial style} declares a style \meta{key} with an \meta{initial style}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@gtt@stylekeydef#1#2{%
  \pgfkeys{/pgfgantt/#1/.style={#2}}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@PackageError}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@PackageWarning}
% |\@gtt@PackageError|\marg{message} and |\@gtt@PackageWarning|\marg{message} issue a package error or warning \meta{message}, respectively.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@gtt@PackageError#1{%
  \PackageError{pgfgantt}{#1}{}%
}
\def\@gtt@PackageWarning#1{%
  \PackageWarning{pgfgantt}{#1}%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
%
%
% \subsection{The Horizontal and Vertical Grid}
% 
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@currentline}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@lasttitleline}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@currgrid}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@chartwidth}
% The count register |\gtt@currentline| holds the current line; it starts from 0 and decreases. |\gtt@lasttitleline| equals the line of the title element drawn last. |\gtt@currgrid| is the index of the current grid line drawn. |\gtt@chartwidth| equals the number of time slots.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\gtt@currentline
\newcount\gtt@lasttitleline
\newcount\gtt@currgrid
\newcount\gtt@chartwidth
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{option}{hgrid}
% \begin{option}{hgrid style}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@hgrid}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@hgridstyle}
% \opt{hgrid} checks whether its value is false and sets the boolean |\ifgtt@hgrid| accordingly. If the value is true or missing, horizontal grid lines appear dotted.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@gtt@stylekeydef{hgrid style}{dotted}
\newif\ifgtt@hgrid
\ganttset{%
  hgrid/.code={%
    \def\@tempa{#1}%
    \def\@tempb{false}%
    \ifx\@tempa\@tempb%
      \gtt@hgridfalse%
    \else%
      \gtt@hgridtrue%
      \def\@tempb{true}%
      \ifx\@tempa\@tempb%
        \def\gtt@hgridstyle{dotted}%
      \else%
        \def\gtt@hgridstyle{#1}%
      \fi%
    \fi%
  },%
  hgrid/.default=dotted
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@hgrid@do}
% The |\gtt@hgrid@do| macro decomposes the style list for the horizontal grid into its comma-separated items. Each item is analyzed (see below) only if some grid lines are still left to draw. Note the ``elegant'' quadruple |\expandafter| construction, which enables tail recursion.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\gtt@hgrid@do#1,{%
  \ifx\relax#1\else
    \ifnum\gtt@currgrid<\gtt@currentline\else%
      \gtt@hgrid@analyze#1\relax%
      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\gtt@hgrid@do%
    \expandafter\fi%
  \fi%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@hgrid@analyze}
% In the absence of a star as the first token in a style list item, |\gtt@hgrid@analyze| adds the multiplier |1| to the input stream.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\gtt@hgrid@analyze{%
  \@gtt@ifstar{\gtt@hgrid@draw}{\gtt@hgrid@draw1}%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@hgrid@draw}
% |\gtt@hgrid@draw| draws as many grid lines as required by the multiplier. It increases |\gtt@currgrid| after each line drawn and breaks the loop as soon as all grid rules have been drawn.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\gtt@hgrid@draw#1#2\relax{%
  \foreach \i in {1,...,#1} {%
    \pgfmathsetmacro\y@upper{%
      \gtt@lasttitleline * \ganttvalueof{y unit title} +%
      (\gtt@currgrid - \gtt@lasttitleline)%
      * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart}%
    }%
    \draw [#2]
      (0pt, \y@upper pt) --
      (\gtt@chartwidth * \ganttvalueof{x unit}, \y@upper pt);%
    \global\advance\gtt@currgrid by-1\relax%
    \ifnum\gtt@currgrid<\gtt@currentline\breakforeach\fi%
  }%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{option}{vgrid}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@vgrid}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@vgridstyle}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@vgrid@do}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@vgrid@analyze}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@vgrid@draw}
% Analogously, we declare options and macros for printing the vertical grid.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifgtt@vgrid
\ganttset{%
  vgrid/.code={%
    \def\@tempa{#1}%
    \def\@tempb{false}%
    \ifx\@tempa\@tempb%
      \gtt@vgridfalse%
    \else%
      \gtt@vgridtrue%
      \def\@tempb{true}%
      \ifx\@tempa\@tempb%
        \def\gtt@vgridstyle{dotted}%
      \else%
        \def\gtt@vgridstyle{#1}%
      \fi%
    \fi%
  },%
  vgrid/.default=dotted
}

\def\gtt@vgrid@do#1,{%
  \ifx\relax#1\else%
    \ifnum\gtt@currgrid>\gtt@chartwidth\else%
      \gtt@vgrid@analyze#1\relax%
      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\gtt@vgrid@do%
    \expandafter\fi%
  \fi%
}

\def\gtt@vgrid@analyze{%
  \@gtt@ifstar{\gtt@vgrid@draw}{\gtt@vgrid@draw1}%
}

\def\gtt@vgrid@draw#1#2\relax{%
  \foreach \i in {1,...,#1} {%
    \draw [#2]
      (\gtt@currgrid * \ganttvalueof{x unit}, \y@upper pt) --%
      (\gtt@currgrid * \ganttvalueof{x unit}, \y@lower pt);%
    \global\advance\gtt@currgrid by1\relax%
    \ifnum\gtt@currgrid>\gtt@chartwidth\breakforeach\fi%
  }%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{option}
%
%
% \subsection{Time Slot Formats}
% 
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@smugglecount}
% |\gtt@smugglecount|\marg{count} smuggles the local value of a count register over the end of a \TeX\ group.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\gtt@smugglecount#1\endgroup{%
  \edef\@tempa{\the#1}%
  \expandafter\endgroup\expandafter#1\expandafter=\@tempa%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@juliantotimeslot}
% |\gtt@juliantotimeslot|\marg{count 1}\marg{count 2} converts the Julian date stored in \meta{count 1} to a time slot and stores the latter in \meta{count 2}. This macro is called after the start of Gantt chart. Thus, |\gtt@startyear|, |\gtt@startmonth| and |\gtt@startjulian| (see section~\ref{ssc:ImplMain}) have already been initialized. Depending on the value of \opt{time slot unit}, one time slot corresponds to one |day|, one |month| or one |year|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\gtt@juliantotimeslot[2]{%
  \begingroup%
  \@tempcnta=#1\relax%
  \ifgtt@timeslotunit@day%
    \advance\@tempcnta by-\gtt@startjulian\relax%
    \advance\@tempcnta by1\relax%
  \fi%
  \ifgtt@timeslotunit@month%
    \pgfcalendarjuliantodate{\@tempcnta}{\@tempa}{\@tempb}{\@tempc}%
    \@tempcnta=\@tempa\relax%
    \advance\@tempcnta by-\gtt@startyear\relax%
    \multiply\@tempcnta by12\relax%
    \advance\@tempcnta by\@tempb\relax%
    \advance\@tempcnta by-\gtt@startmonth\relax%
    \advance\@tempcnta by1\relax%
  \fi%
  \ifgtt@timeslotunit@year%
    \pgfcalendarjuliantodate{\@tempcnta}{\@tempa}{\@tempb}{\@tempc}%
    \@tempcnta=\@tempa\relax%
    \advance\@tempcnta by-\gtt@startyear\relax%
    \advance\@tempcnta by1\relax%
  \fi%
  #2=\@tempcnta\relax%
  \gtt@smugglecount#2%
  \endgroup%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{macro}{\newgantttimeslotformat}
% |\newgantttimeslotformat|\marg{name}\marg{code} defines the macro\\|\gtt@tsstojulian@|\meta{name}\marg{tss}\marg{count}. This macro executes \meta{code} (within a group), which should convert \meta{tss} to a Julian date and store the date in \meta{count}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\newgantttimeslotformat[2]{%
  \expandafter\def\csname gtt@tsstojulian@#1\endcsname##1##2{%
    \begingroup#2\gtt@smugglecount##2\endgroup%
  }%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% The predefined time slot formats |simple|, |isodate|, |isodate-yearmonth| and |isodate-year| are straight forward.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newgantttimeslotformat{simple}{%
  #2=#1\relax%
  \advance#2 by\gtt@tsf@startjulian\relax%
  \advance#2 by-1\relax%
}

\newgantttimeslotformat{isodate}{%
  \pgfcalendardatetojulian{#1}{#2}%
}

\newgantttimeslotformat{isodate-yearmonth}{%
  \pgfcalendardatetojulian{#1-01}{#2}%
}

\newgantttimeslotformat{isodate-year}{%
  \pgfcalendardatetojulian{#1-01-01}{#2}%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@tsf@getdmy}
% |\gtt@tsf@getdmy|\marg{date} decomposes a \meta{date} |day|[|sep|]|month|[|sep|]|year| (with [|sep|] representing a period, hyphen or slash) into |day|, |month| and |year| and stores these numbers in |\local@day|, |\local@month| and |\local@year|, respectively.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\gtt@tsf@getdmy[1]{%
  \edef\local@firstarg{#1}%
  \def\local@decompose##1.##2.##3\relax{%
    \def\local@day{##1}\def\local@month{##2}\def\local@year{##3}%
  }%
  \expandafter\local@decompose\local@firstarg..\relax%
  \ifx\local@month\@empty%
    \def\local@decompose##1/##2/##3\relax{%
      \def\local@day{##1}\def\local@month{##2}\def\local@year{##3}%
    }%
    \expandafter\local@decompose\local@firstarg//\relax%
    \ifx\local@month\@empty%
      \def\local@decompose##1-##2-##3\relax{%
        \def\local@day{##1}\def\local@month{##2}\def\local@year{##3}%
      }%
      \expandafter\local@decompose\local@firstarg--\relax%
      \ifx\local@month\@empty%
        \@gtt@PackageError{Illegal time slot specifier `#1'.}%
      \else%
        \def\local@decompose##1--{\def\local@year{##1}}%
        \expandafter\local@decompose\local@year%
      \fi%
    \else%
      \def\local@decompose##1//{\def\local@year{##1}}%
      \expandafter\local@decompose\local@year%
    \fi%
  \else%
    \def\local@decompose##1..{\def\local@year{##1}}%
    \expandafter\local@decompose\local@year%
  \fi%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% Time slot formats |little-endian|, |big-endian| and |middle-endian| only differ in their call of |\pgfcalendardatetojulian|. If the year (stored in |\local@year| or |\local@day|) lacks a century (e.\,g., 13 instead of 2013), it is completed according to the value of \opt{time slot format/base century}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newgantttimeslotformat{little-endian}{%
  \gtt@tsf@getdmy{#1}%
  \ifnum\local@year<100\relax%
    \edef\local@year{\gtt@tsf@basecentury\local@year}%
  \fi%
  \pgfcalendardatetojulian{\local@year-\local@month-\local@day}{#2}%
}

\newgantttimeslotformat{big-endian}{%
  \gtt@tsf@getdmy{#1}%
  \ifnum\local@day<100\relax%
    \edef\local@day{\gtt@tsf@basecentury\local@day}%
  \fi%
  \pgfcalendardatetojulian{\local@day-\local@month-\local@year}{#2}%
}

\newgantttimeslotformat{middle-endian}{%
  \gtt@tsf@getdmy{#1}%
  \ifnum\local@year<100\relax%
    \edef\local@year{\gtt@tsf@basecentury\local@year}%
  \fi%
  \pgfcalendardatetojulian{\local@year-\local@day-\local@month}{#2}%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{option}{time slot format}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@tsstojulian}
% The key \opt{time slot format}|=|\meta{name} checks whether the format \meta{name} exists and then defines the macro |\gtt@tsstojulian| to be equivalent to\\|\gtt@tsstojulian@|\meta{name}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ganttset{%
  time slot format/.code={%
    \@ifundefined{gtt@tsstojulian@#1}{%
      \@gtt@PackageError{%
        Time slot format `#1' undefined.%
      }%
    }{}%
    \expandafter\let\expandafter\gtt@tsstojulian%
      \csname gtt@tsstojulian@#1\endcsname%
  },%
  time slot format=simple,%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{option}
% \begin{option}{time slot format/base century}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@tsf@basecentury}
% \opt{time slot format/base century}|=|\meta{year} extracts the century from the four-digit \meta{year} (e.\,g., 20 from 2000) and stores it in |\gtt@tsf@basecentury|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  time slot format/base century/.code={%
    \begingroup%
    \@tempcnta=#1\relax%
    \divide\@tempcnta by100\relax%
    \xdef\gtt@tsf@basecentury{\the\@tempcnta}%
    \endgroup%
  },%
  time slot format/base century=2000,%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{option}
% \begin{option}{time slot format/start date}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@tsf@startjulian}
% \opt{time slot format/start date}|=|\meta{isodate} stores the Julian date corresponding to \meta{isodate} in |\gtt@tsf@startjulian|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  time slot format/start date/.code={%
    \begingroup%
    \pgfcalendardatetojulian{#1}{\@tempcnta}%
    \xdef\gtt@tsf@startjulian{\the\@tempcnta}%
    \endgroup%
  },%
  time slot format/start date=2000-01-01%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{option}
% 
% 
% \subsection{The Main Environment}
% \label{ssc:ImplMain}
% 
% \begin{option}{x unit}
% \begin{option}{y unit title}
% \begin{option}{y unit chart}
% Keys that store the basis vectors of the chart.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@gtt@keydef{x unit}{.5cm}
\@gtt@keydef{y unit title}{1cm}
\@gtt@keydef{y unit chart}{1cm}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \begin{option}{canvas}
% \begin{option}{expand chart}
% \begin{option}{today}
% \begin{option}{today offset}
% \begin{option}{today rule}
% \begin{option}{today label}
% \begin{option}{today label font}
% \begin{option}{today label node}
% Keys related to the canvas and the today rule.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@gtt@stylekeydef{canvas}{shape=rectangle, draw, fill=white}
\@gtt@keydef{expand chart}{none}
\@gtt@keydef{today}{none}
\@gtt@keydef{today offset}{1}
\@gtt@stylekeydef{today rule}{dashed, line width=1pt}
\@gtt@keydef{today label}{TODAY}
\@gtt@keydef{today label font}{\normalfont}
\@gtt@stylekeydef{today label node}{%
  anchor=north, font=\ganttvalueof{today label font}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@newlineshortcut}
% \begin{option}{newline shortcut}
% Boolean key that determines if |\\| is equivalent to |\ganttnewline|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifgtt@newlineshortcut
\ganttset{%
  newline shortcut/.is if=gtt@newlineshortcut,%
  newline shortcut=true%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@tikzpicture}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@intitle}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@lasttitleslot}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@elementid}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@today@slot}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@startjulian}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@endjulian}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@chartid}
% The boolean |\ifgtt@tikzpicture| is true if a Gantt chart appears within a \TikZ\ picture. |\ifgtt@intitle| is true at the start of a |ganttchart| environment and set to false as soon as the first non-title element is encountered. |\gtt@lasttitleslot| corresponds to the $x$-coordinate of its right border. |\gtt@elementid| enumerates the automatic names of chart elements. |\gtt@today@slot| is the time slot of the today rule. |\gtt@startjulian| and |\gtt@endjulian| contain the Julian dates corresponding to the first and last time slot, respectively. |\gtt@chartid| assigns a consecutive number to each chart.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifgtt@tikzpicture
\newif\ifgtt@intitle
\newcount\gtt@lasttitleslot
\newcount\gtt@elementid
\newcount\gtt@today@slot
\newcount\gtt@startjulian
\newcount\gtt@endjulian
\newcount\gtt@chartid
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@chartextrasize}
% Each |ganttchart| environment writes a |\gtt@chartextrasize|\marg{chart id}\marg{extra size} macro to the auxililary file. This macro stores its second argument in a macro of the form |\@gtt@chart@|\meta{chart id}|@extrasize|. The \meta{extra size} is the size of the chart's bounding box less the size of the canvas, calculated as \opt{x unit} times the number of time slots.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\gtt@chartextrasize#1#2{%
  \global\@namedef{@gtt@chart@#1@extrasize}{#2}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{environment}{ganttchart}
% At the beginning of a |ganttchart| environment, the keys in its optional argument are executed. Initialize the macros and counts that contain start dates, end dates, the chart width, \dots
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{ganttchart}[3][]{%
  \ganttset{#1}%
  \gtt@tsstojulian{#2}{\gtt@startjulian}%
  \global\gtt@startjulian=\gtt@startjulian\relax%
  \gtt@tsstojulian{#3}{\gtt@endjulian}%
  \global\gtt@endjulian=\gtt@endjulian\relax%
  \pgfcalendarjuliantodate{\gtt@startjulian}%
    {\gtt@startyear}{\gtt@startmonth}{\@tempa}%
  \xdef\gtt@startyear{\gtt@startyear}%
  \xdef\gtt@startmonth{\gtt@startmonth}%
  \gtt@juliantotimeslot{\gtt@endjulian}{\gtt@chartwidth}
  \global\gtt@chartwidth=\gtt@chartwidth\relax%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \dots\ the time slot of the today rule, \dots.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \def\@tempa{none}%
  \edef\@tempb{\ganttvalueof{today}}%
  \ifx\@tempa\@tempb\else%
    \gtt@tsstojulian{\ganttvalueof{today}}{\gtt@today@slot}
    \gtt@juliantotimeslot{\gtt@today@slot}{\gtt@today@slot}%
  \fi%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \dots\ the current element number, and information for drawing actions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \global\gtt@elementid=0\relax%
  \global\gtt@currentline=0\relax%
  \global\gtt@lasttitleline=0\relax%
  \global\gtt@lasttitleslot=0\relax%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@expanded@xunit}
% If \opt{expand chart} contains a value different from |none|, scale the chart so that its $x$-extent equals this value. To this end, use the information stored in the auxiliary file. |\gtt@expanded@xunit| will contain the new value for \opt{x unit}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \def\@tempa{none}%
  \edef\@tempb{\ganttvalueof{expand chart}}%
  \ifx\@tempa\@tempb\else%
    \@ifundefined{@gtt@chart@\the\gtt@chartid @extrasize}{%
      \@gtt@PackageWarning{Gantt chart expansion may have changed.
                           Rerun to get expansion right}%
    }{%
      \pgfmathparse{(\ganttvalueof{expand chart}%
                     - \@nameuse{@gtt@chart@\the\gtt@chartid @extrasize})%
                    / \gtt@chartwidth}%
      \edef\gtt@expanded@xunit{\pgfmathresult pt}%
      \ganttset{x unit=\gtt@expanded@xunit}%
    }%
  \fi%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{macro}{\\}
% \begin{macro}{\ganttalignnewline}
% If a |ganttchart| appears outside of a |tikzpicture|, we implicitly start this environment. ``Within a |tikzpicture|'' means that |\useasboundingbox| is defined. Since we expect a chart to start with at least one title element, |\ifgtt@intitle| is true. If \opt{newline shortcut} is true, make the control symbol |\\| equivalent to |\ganttnewline|. In any case, |\ganttalignnewline| is defined.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \@ifundefined{useasboundingbox}%
    {\gtt@tikzpicturefalse\begin{tikzpicture}}%
    {\gtt@tikzpicturetrue}%
  \gtt@intitletrue%
  \ifgtt@newlineshortcut%
    \let\\\ganttnewline%
  \fi%
  \let\ganttalignnewline\tikz@align@newline%
}{
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\y@upper}
% \begin{intmacro}{\y@lower}
% \begin{intmacro}{\y@mid}
% \begin{intmacro}{\y@size}
% \begin{intmacro}{\x@size}
% After the contents of the environment have been drawn, we add the canvas to the background layer. \pack{pgfgantt} saves $x$- and $y$-coordinates in local internal macros called |\x@left|, |\x@right|, |\x@mid|, |\x@size|, |\y@upper|, |\y@lower|, |\y@mid| and |\y@size|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \begin{scope}[on background layer]%
    \ifgtt@includetitle%
      \def\y@upper{0}%
    \else%
      \pgfmathsetmacro\y@upper{%
        \gtt@lasttitleline * \ganttvalueof{y unit title}%
      }%
    \fi%
    \pgfmathsetmacro\y@lower{%
      \gtt@lasttitleline * \ganttvalueof{y unit title}%
      + (\gtt@currentline - \gtt@lasttitleline - 1)%
      * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart}%
    }%
    \pgfmathsetmacro\y@mid{%
      (\y@upper + \y@lower) / 2%
    }%
    \pgfmathsetmacro\y@size{%
      abs(\y@lower - \y@upper)%
    }%
    \pgfmathsetmacro\x@size{%
      \gtt@chartwidth * \ganttvalueof{x unit}%
    }%
    \node [/pgfgantt/canvas, minimum width=\x@size pt,
           minimum height=\y@size pt]
      at (\x@size pt / 2, \y@mid pt) {};%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% The contents of the vertical grid style list are evaluated at most |\gtt@chartwidth|-times, but the loop breaks as soon as all grid lines have been drawn.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \pgfmathsetmacro\y@upper{%
      \gtt@lasttitleline * \ganttvalueof{y unit title}%
    }%
    \ifgtt@vgrid
      \gtt@currgrid=1\relax%
      \global\advance\gtt@chartwidth by-1\relax%
      \foreach \x in {1,...,\gtt@chartwidth} {%
        \expandafter\gtt@vgrid@do\gtt@vgridstyle,\relax,%
        \ifnum\gtt@currgrid>\gtt@chartwidth\relax\breakforeach\fi%
      }%
      \global\advance\gtt@chartwidth by1\relax%
    \fi%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now, we draw the horizontal grid. If we exclude the title from the canvas, we omit the uppermost horizontal grid line since it would coincide with the canvas border.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifgtt@hgrid%
      \gtt@currgrid=\gtt@lasttitleline\relax%
      \ifgtt@includetitle\else%
        \advance\gtt@currgrid by-1\relax
      \fi%
      \edef\@tempa{\the\gtt@currgrid}%
      \foreach \t in {\@tempa,...,\gtt@currentline} {%
        \expandafter\gtt@hgrid@do\gtt@hgridstyle,\relax,%
        \ifnum\gtt@currgrid<\gtt@currentline\relax\breakforeach\fi%
      }%
    \fi%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{intmacro}{\x@mid}
% The last task of |ganttchart| is to apply the |today| key if its value differs from |none|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \def\@tempa{none}%
    \edef\@tempb{\ganttvalueof{today}}%
    \ifx\@tempa\@tempb\else%
      \pgfmathsetmacro\x@mid{%
        (\gtt@today@slot - 1 + \ganttvalueof{today offset})%
        * \ganttvalueof{x unit}%
      }%
      \draw [/pgfgantt/today rule]
        (\x@mid pt, \y@upper pt) -- (\x@mid pt, \y@lower pt)
        node [/pgfgantt/today label node] {\ganttvalueof{today label}};%
    \fi%
  \end{scope}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% Store the $x$-extent of the bounding box in |\@tempdima|. Calculate the size by which the bounding box exceeds the ``raw'' canvas size. Write this information to the auxiliary file.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \pgfextractx{\@tempdima}{%
    \pgfpointdiff{\pgfpointanchor{current bounding box}{south west}}%
                 {\pgfpointanchor{current bounding box}{north east}}%
  }%
  \pgfmathparse{\@tempdima -\ganttvalueof{x unit} * \gtt@chartwidth}%
  \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
    \string\gtt@chartextrasize{\the\gtt@chartid}{\pgfmathresult pt}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Increase the chart counter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \global\advance\gtt@chartid by1\relax%
%    \end{macrocode}
% At the end of a |ganttchart|, we also close the |tikzpicture| if we started it implicitly.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifgtt@tikzpicture\else\end{tikzpicture}\fi%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{environment}
%
%
% \subsection{Starting a New Line}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ganttnewline}
% \begin{intmacro}{\local@drawarg}
% Unless the optional argument of |\ganttnewline| is empty, this macro adds a horizontal grid rule between the current and the new line. The style of this line, which is stored in |\local@drawarg|, is either |hgrid style| or the style specified in the optional argument. Anyway, |\ganttnewline| decreases |\gtt@currentline| and, if we are still in the title, |\gtt@lasttitleline|. Since the new line starts at time slot zero, |\gtt@lasttitleslot| is reset.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\ganttnewline[1][]{%
  \begingroup%
  \def\local@drawarg{#1}%
  \def\@tempa{grid}%
  \ifx\local@drawarg\@empty\else%
    \ifx\local@drawarg\@tempa%
      \def\local@drawarg{/pgfgantt/hgrid style}%
    \fi%
    \pgfmathsetmacro\y@upper{%
      \gtt@lasttitleline * \ganttvalueof{y unit title}%
      + (\gtt@currentline - \gtt@lasttitleline - 1)%
      * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart}%
    }
    \expandafter\draw\expandafter[\local@drawarg]
      (0pt, \y@upper pt) --
      (\gtt@chartwidth * \ganttvalueof{x unit}, \y@upper pt);%
  \fi%
  \global\advance\gtt@currentline by-1\relax%
  \ifgtt@intitle\global\advance\gtt@lasttitleline by-1\relax\fi%
  \global\gtt@lasttitleslot=0\relax%
  \endgroup%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Vertical rules}
%
% \begin{option}{vrule offset}
% \begin{option}{vrule}
% \begin{option}{vrule label font}
% \begin{option}{vrule label node}
% Keys related to the vertical rules.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@gtt@keydef{vrule offset}{1}
\@gtt@stylekeydef{vrule}{dashed, line width=1pt}
\@gtt@keydef{vrule label font}{\normalfont}
\@gtt@stylekeydef{vrule label node}{%
  anchor=north, font=\ganttvalueof{vrule label font}%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@vrule@slot}
% A count for storing the vrule time slot.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\gtt@vrule@slot

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{macro}{\ganttvrule}
% Calculate the coordinates for the vertical rule and draw it.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\ganttvrule[3][]{%
  \begingroup
  \ganttset{#1}
  \gtt@tsstojulian{#3}{\gtt@vrule@slot}%
  \gtt@juliantotimeslot{\gtt@vrule@slot}{\gtt@vrule@slot}%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\y@upper{%
    \gtt@lasttitleline * \ganttvalueof{y unit title}%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\y@lower{%
    \gtt@lasttitleline * \ganttvalueof{y unit title}%
    + (\gtt@currentline - \gtt@lasttitleline - 1)%
    * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart}%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\x@mid{%
    (\gtt@vrule@slot - 1 + \ganttvalueof{vrule offset})%
    * \ganttvalueof{x unit}%
  }%
  \draw [/pgfgantt/vrule]
    (\x@mid pt, \y@upper pt) -- (\x@mid pt, \y@lower pt)
    node [/pgfgantt/vrule label node] {#2};%
  \endgroup
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \subsection{Titles}
%
% \begin{option}{title}
% \begin{option}{title label font}
% \begin{option}{title label node}
% \begin{option}{title label text}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@titlelabeltext}
% \begin{option}{title list options}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@titlelistoptions}
% \begin{option}{title left shift}
% \begin{option}{title right shift}
% \begin{option}{title top shift}
% \begin{option}{title height}
% \begin{option}{include title in canvas}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@includetitle}
% Keys that influence title elements. The parameter token |#1| in the value of \opt{title label text} is replaced by the argument of |\gtt@titlelabeltext|. Note that |\@gtt@keydef| cannot define \opt{title list options}, since |\@gtt@titlelistoptions| is expanded after a |\foreach| statement, where |\ganttvalueof| will not work.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@gtt@stylekeydef{title}{shape=rectangle, inner sep=0pt, draw, fill=white}
\@gtt@keydef{title label font}{\small}
\@gtt@stylekeydef{title label node}{%
  anchor=center, font=\ganttvalueof{title label font}%
}
\ganttset{%
  title label text/.code={%
    \def\gtt@titlelabeltext##1{#1}%
  },%
  title label text=\strut#1,%
  title list options/.code={%
    \def\gtt@titlelistoptions{[#1]}%
  },%
  title list options={var=\x, evaluate=\x}%
}
\@gtt@keydef{title left shift}{0}
\@gtt@keydef{title right shift}{0}
\@gtt@keydef{title top shift}{0}
\@gtt@keydef{title height}{.6}
\newif\ifgtt@includetitle
\ganttset{%
  include title in canvas/.is if=gtt@includetitle,%
  include title in canvas
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{option}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \begin{option}{calendar week text}
% \begin{option}{time slot unit}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@timeslotunit@day}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@timeslotunit@month}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@timeslotunit@year}
% Keys for title calendars.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@gtt@keydef{calendar week text}{Week~\currentweek}
\newif\ifgtt@timeslotunit@day
\newif\ifgtt@timeslotunit@month
\newif\ifgtt@timeslotunit@year
\ganttset{%
  time slot unit/.is choice,
  time slot unit/day/.code={%
    \gtt@timeslotunit@daytrue%
    \gtt@timeslotunit@monthfalse%
    \gtt@timeslotunit@yearfalse%
  },%
  time slot unit/month/.code={%
    \gtt@timeslotunit@dayfalse%
    \gtt@timeslotunit@monthtrue%
    \gtt@timeslotunit@yearfalse%
  },%
  time slot unit/year/.code={%
    \gtt@timeslotunit@dayfalse%
    \gtt@timeslotunit@monthfalse%
    \gtt@timeslotunit@yeartrue%
  },%
  time slot unit=day
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \begin{macro}{\gantttitle}
% \begin{intmacro}{\x@left}
% \begin{intmacro}{\x@right}
% |\gantttitle| draws a title element (i.\,e., a rectangle with a single node at its center). For reasons that will become clear below, the element essentially starts at the $x$-coordinate stored in |\gtt@lasttitleslot|. This count is updated at the end of the macro.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\gantttitle[3][]{%
  \begingroup%
  \ganttset{#1}%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\x@left{%
    (\gtt@lasttitleslot + \ganttvalueof{title left shift})%
    * \ganttvalueof{x unit}%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\x@right{%
    (\gtt@lasttitleslot + #3 + \ganttvalueof{title right shift})%
    * \ganttvalueof{x unit}%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\x@mid{%
    (\x@left + \x@right) / 2%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\x@size{%
    \x@right - \x@left%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\y@upper{%
    (\gtt@currentline - \ganttvalueof{title top shift})%
    * \ganttvalueof{y unit title}%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\y@lower{%
    (\gtt@currentline - \ganttvalueof{title top shift}%
    - \ganttvalueof{title height}) * \ganttvalueof{y unit title}%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\y@mid{%
    (\y@upper + \y@lower) / 2%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\y@size{%
    \y@upper - \y@lower%
  }%
  \path (\x@mid pt, \y@mid pt)
    node [/pgfgantt/title, minimum width=\x@size pt,
          minimum height=\y@size pt] {}
    node [/pgfgantt/title label node] {\gtt@titlelabeltext{#2}};%
  \global\advance\gtt@lasttitleslot by#3\relax%
  \endgroup%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\gantttitlelist}
% |\gantttitlelist| generates title elements by repeatedly calling |\gantttitle|. Since the latter always starts after the last time slot occupied by the previous element, |\gantttitlelist| does not have to calculate the respective $x$-coordinates explicitly.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\gantttitlelist[3][]{%
  \begingroup%
  \ganttset{#1}%
  \expandafter\foreach\gtt@titlelistoptions in {#2} {\gantttitle{\x}{#3}}%
  \endgroup%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@titlecalendarstar}
% \begin{macro}{\gantttitlecalendar}
% \begin{macro}{\gantttitlecalendar*}
% |\gantttitlecalendar| checks whether it is invoked in the starred or nonstarred form, sets |\ifgtt@titlecalendarstar| accordingly and then starts a command relaying chain.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifgtt@titlecalendarstar
\newcommand\gantttitlecalendar{%
  \@gtt@ifstar%
    {\gtt@titlecalendarstartrue\@gantttitlecalendar}%
    {\gtt@titlecalendarstarfalse\@gantttitlecalendar}%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gantttitlecalendar}
% The first command in the relaying chain, |\@gantttitlecalendar|\oarg{options}, processes the \meta{options}. If it was executed by the starred form of |\gantttitlecalendar|, it calls the second command in the chain. Otherwise, it directly calls the third command in the chain.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\@gantttitlecalendar[1][]{
  \begingroup%
  \ganttset{#1}%
  \ifgtt@titlecalendarstar%
    \expandafter\@@gantttitlecalendar%
  \else%
    \expandafter\@@@gantttitlecalendar\expandafter%
      {\expandafter\gtt@startjulian\expandafter}\expandafter%
      {\expandafter\gtt@endjulian\expandafter}%
  \fi%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@@gantttitlecalendar}
% The second command in the relaying chain,\\|\@@gantttitlecalendar|\marg{start tss}\marg{end tss},\\reads two mandatory arguments from the input stream and converts them to Julian dates. Finally, it calls the third command in the chain.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\@@gantttitlecalendar[2]{
  \gtt@tsstojulian{#1}{\@tempcnta}%
  \gtt@tsstojulian{#2}{\@tempcntb}%
  \@@@gantttitlecalendar{\@tempcnta}{\@tempcntb}%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@@@gantttitlecalendar}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@calendar@startdate}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@calendar@enddate}
% The third and last command in the relaying chain, |\@@@gantttitlecalendar|\marg{start Julian}\marg{end Julian}\marg{calendar lines}, stores the start and end ISO-standard dates of the calendar in |\gtt@calendar@startdate| and |\gtt@calendar@enddate|, respectively. Then, it executes the keys in \meta{calendar lines}, which reside in path |/pgfgantt/calendar|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\@@@gantttitlecalendar[3]{%
  \pgfcalendarjuliantodate{#1}{\@tempa}{\@tempb}{\@tempc}%
  \edef\gtt@calendar@startdate{\@tempa-\@tempb-\@tempc}%
  \pgfcalendarjuliantodate{#2}{\@tempa}{\@tempb}{\@tempc}%
  \edef\gtt@calendar@enddate{\@tempa-\@tempb-\@tempc}%
  \gtt@calendar@eolfalse%
  \pgfqkeys{/pgfgantt/calendar}{#3}%
  \endgroup%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@calendar@eol}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@calendar@slots}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@calendar@weeknumber}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@calendar@startofweek}
% Booleans and counts for drawing title calendars: |\ifgtt@calendar@eol| is true if |\ganttcalendar| should start a new calendar line. |\gtt@calendar@slots| is the number of time slots a calendar element will cover. |\gtt@calendar@weeknumber| is the current week number in a calendar line of type |week|. |\gtt@calendar@startofweek| is the Julian date of the Monday in the current week.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifgtt@calendar@eol
\newcount\gtt@calendar@slots
\newcount\gtt@calendar@weeknumber
\newcount\gtt@calendar@startofweek
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@getfourthdigit}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@getdecade}
% |\@gtt@getfourthdigit| returns the fourth digit of a year, while |\@gtt@getdecade| returns the first three digits of a year.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@gtt@getfourthdigit#1#2#3#4{#4}
\def\@gtt@getdecade#1#2#3#4{#1#2#3}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% We define a new check for |\pgfcalendarifdate| as described in the |pgfcalendar| manual: |end of decade=|\meta{date} returns true if a date marks the end of a decade as defined by \meta{date}. For instance, if \meta{date} is |2009-12-31|, then the conditional will be true for the dates |1999-12-31|, |2009-12-31|, |2019-12-31| and so on.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfkeys{%
  /pgf/calendar/end of decade/.code={
    \begingroup
    \pgfcalendardatetojulian{#1}{\@tempcnta}
    \pgfcalendarjuliantodate{\@tempcnta}{\@tempa}{\@tempb}{\@tempc}
    \edef\endofdecade{\expandafter\@gtt@getfourthdigit\@tempa}
    \edef\querydecade{\expandafter\@gtt@getfourthdigit\pgfcalendarifdateyear}
    \ifnum\endofdecade=\querydecade\relax%
      \ifnum\pgfcalendarifdatemonth=\@tempb\relax%
        \ifnum\pgfcalendarifdateday=\@tempc\relax%
          \global\pgfcalendarmatchestrue%
        \fi%
      \fi%
    \fi%
    \endgroup
  }%
}
%    \end{macrocode}

% For each \meta{line type}, we define a corresponding key |/pgfgantt/calendar/|\meta{line type}. This key performs the necessary calculations and draws one or several |\gantttitle|s. Line type |decade| draws decades.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ganttset{%
  calendar/decade/.code={%
    \ifgtt@calendar@eol\ganttnewline\fi%
    \begingroup%
    \gtt@calendar@slots=1\relax%
    \ifgtt@timeslotunit@year%
      \pgfcalendar{}{\gtt@calendar@startdate}{\gtt@calendar@enddate}{%
        \ifdate{end of decade=2009-12-31}{%
          \gantttitle{%
            \expandafter\@gtt@getdecade\pgfcalendarcurrentyear%
            0s%
          }{\the\gtt@calendar@slots}%
          \gtt@calendar@slots=0\relax%
        }{
          \ifdate{equals=01-01}{%
            \ifnum\pgfcalendarcurrentjulian>\pgfcalendarbeginjulian\relax%
              \advance\gtt@calendar@slots by1\relax%
            \fi
          }{}%
        }%
        \ifdate{equals=\pgfcalendarendiso}{%
          \ifnum\gtt@calendar@slots=0\relax\else%
            \gantttitle{%
              \expandafter\@gtt@getdecade\pgfcalendarcurrentyear%
              0s%
            }{\the\gtt@calendar@slots}%
          \fi%
        }{}%
      }%
    \fi%
    \endgroup%
    \gtt@calendar@eoltrue%
  },%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Line type |year| draws years.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  calendar/year/.code={%
    \ifgtt@calendar@eol\ganttnewline\fi%
    \begingroup%
    \gtt@calendar@slots=1\relax%
    \ifgtt@timeslotunit@year%
      \pgfcalendar{}{\gtt@calendar@startdate}{\gtt@calendar@enddate}{%
        \ifdate{equals=12-31}{%
          \gantttitle{\pgfcalendarcurrentyear}{1}%
          \gtt@calendar@slots=1\relax%
        }{
          \advance\gtt@calendar@slots by1\relax%
        }%
        \ifdate{equals=\pgfcalendarendiso}{%
          \ifnum\gtt@calendar@slots=1\relax\else%
            \gantttitle{\pgfcalendarcurrentyear}{1}%
          \fi%
        }{}%
      }%
    \fi%
    \ifgtt@timeslotunit@month%
      \pgfcalendar{}{\gtt@calendar@startdate}{\gtt@calendar@enddate}{%
        \ifdate{equals=12-31}{%
          \gantttitle{\pgfcalendarcurrentyear}{\the\gtt@calendar@slots}%
          \gtt@calendar@slots=1\relax%
        }{%
          \ifdate{end of month=1}{%
            \advance\gtt@calendar@slots by1\relax%
          }{}%
        }%
        \ifdate{equals=\pgfcalendarendiso}{%
          \ifdate{end of month=1}{%
            \advance\gtt@calendar@slots by-1\relax%
          }{}%
          \ifdate{equals=12-31}{}{%
            \gantttitle{\pgfcalendarcurrentyear}{\the\gtt@calendar@slots}%
          }%
        }{}%
      }%
    \fi%
    \ifgtt@timeslotunit@day%
      \pgfcalendar{}{\gtt@calendar@startdate}{\gtt@calendar@enddate}{%
        \ifdate{equals=12-31}{%
          \gantttitle{\pgfcalendarcurrentyear}{\the\gtt@calendar@slots}%
          \gtt@calendar@slots=1\relax%
        }{%
          \advance\gtt@calendar@slots by1\relax%
        }%
        \ifdate{equals=\pgfcalendarendiso}{%
          \ifnum\gtt@calendar@slots=1\relax\else%
            \advance\gtt@calendar@slots by-1\relax%
            \gantttitle{\pgfcalendarcurrentyear}{\the\gtt@calendar@slots}%
          \fi%
        }{}%
      }%
    \fi%
    \endgroup%
    \gtt@calendar@eoltrue%
  },%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Line type |month|=\meta{format} draws months. Internally, a month is represented by a number between 1 (January) and 12 (December). However, when the title element is drawn, this number is fed to the macro |\pgfcalendarmonth|\meta{format} and possibly converted.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  calendar/month/.code={%
    \ifgtt@calendar@eol\ganttnewline\fi%
    \begingroup%
    \gtt@calendar@slots=1\relax%
    \pgfcalendar{}{\gtt@calendar@startdate}{\gtt@calendar@enddate}{%
      \ifdate{end of month=1}{%
        \gantttitle{%
          \csname pgfcalendarmonth#1\endcsname{\pgfcalendarcurrentmonth}%
        }{%
          \ifgtt@timeslotunit@month1\fi%
          \ifgtt@timeslotunit@day\the\gtt@calendar@slots\fi%
        }%
        \gtt@calendar@slots=1\relax%
      }{%
        \advance\gtt@calendar@slots by1\relax%
      }%
      \ifdate{equals=\pgfcalendarendiso}{%
        \ifnum\gtt@calendar@slots=1\relax\else%
          \advance\gtt@calendar@slots by-1\relax%
          \gantttitle{%
            \csname pgfcalendarmonth#1\endcsname{\pgfcalendarcurrentmonth}%
          }{%
            \ifgtt@timeslotunit@month1\fi%
            \ifgtt@timeslotunit@day\the\gtt@calendar@slots\fi%
          }%
        \fi%
      }{}%
    }%
    \endgroup%
    \gtt@calendar@eoltrue%
  },%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\startyear}
% \begin{macro}{\startmonth}
% \begin{macro}{\startday}
% \begin{macro}{\currentweek}
% Line type |week|=\meta{number} draws weeks. The first week receives \meta{number}, which is also saved in |\currentweek|. This key also defines the macros |\startyear|, |\startmonth| and |\startday|, which store the year, month and day of the current week's Monday. These four macros can be used in the value of \opt{calendar week text}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  calendar/week/.code={%
    \ifgtt@calendar@eol\ganttnewline\fi%
    \begingroup%
    \gtt@calendar@slots=1\relax%
    \gtt@calendar@weeknumber=#1\relax%
    \pgfcalendar{}{\gtt@calendar@startdate}{\gtt@calendar@enddate}{%
      \ifdate{Sunday}{%
        \gtt@calendar@startofweek=\pgfcalendarcurrentjulian\relax%
        \advance\gtt@calendar@startofweek by1\relax%
        \advance\gtt@calendar@startofweek by-\gtt@calendar@slots\relax%
        \pgfcalendarjuliantodate{\gtt@calendar@startofweek}%
          {\startyear}{\startmonth}{\startday}%
        \def\currentweek{\the\gtt@calendar@weeknumber}%
        \gantttitle{%
          \ganttvalueof{calendar week text}%
        }{%
          \the\gtt@calendar@slots%
        }%
        \gtt@calendar@slots=1\relax%
        \advance\gtt@calendar@weeknumber by1\relax%
      }{%
        \advance\gtt@calendar@slots by1%
      }%
      \ifdate{equals=\pgfcalendarendiso}{%
        \ifnum\gtt@calendar@slots=1\relax\else%
          \advance\gtt@calendar@slots by-1\relax%
          \gtt@calendar@startofweek=\pgfcalendarcurrentjulian\relax%
          \advance\gtt@calendar@startofweek by1\relax%
          \advance\gtt@calendar@startofweek by-\gtt@calendar@slots\relax%
          \pgfcalendarjuliantodate{\gtt@calendar@startofweek}%
            {\startyear}{\startmonth}{\startday}%
          \def\currentweek{\the\gtt@calendar@weeknumber}%
          \gantttitle{%
            \ganttvalueof{calendar week text}%
          }{%
            \the\gtt@calendar@slots%
          }%
        \fi%
      }{}%
    }%
    \endgroup%
    \gtt@calendar@eoltrue%
  },%
  calendar/week/.default=1,%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% Line type |weekday|=\meta{format} draws weekdays. Internally, a weekday is represented by a number between 0 (Monday) and 6 (Sunday). However, when the title element is drawn, this number is fed to the macro |\pgfcalendarweekday|\meta{format} and possibly converted.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  calendar/weekday/.code={%
    \ifgtt@calendar@eol\ganttnewline\fi%
    \begingroup%
    \pgfcalendar{}{\gtt@calendar@startdate}{\gtt@calendar@enddate}{%
      \gantttitle{%
        \csname pgfcalendarweekday#1\endcsname{\pgfcalendarcurrentweekday}%
      }{1}%
    }%
    \endgroup%
    \gtt@calendar@eoltrue%
  },%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Line type |day|=\meta{format} draws days of the month.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  calendar/day/.code={%
    \ifgtt@calendar@eol\ganttnewline\fi%
    \begingroup%
    \pgfcalendar{}{\gtt@calendar@startdate}{\gtt@calendar@enddate}{%
      \gantttitle{\pgfcalendarcurrentday}{1}%
    }%
    \endgroup%
    \gtt@calendar@eoltrue%
  }%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% 
% \subsection{Chart Elements}
% 
% \begin{option}{progress}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@progress}
% \begin{option}{progress label text}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@progresslabeltext}
% \begin{option}{name}
% \begin{option}{chart element start border}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@ce@startatleftborder}
% \begin{option}{inline}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@inline}
% Keys that apply to all chart elements. The parameter token |#1| in the value of \opt{progress label text} is replaced by the argument of |\gtt@progresslabeltext|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ganttset{%
  progress/.code={%
    \def\gtt@progress{#1}%
  },%
  progress=none,%
  progress label text/.code={%
    \def\gtt@progresslabeltext##1{#1}%
  },%
  progress label text={%
    \pgfmathprintnumber[precision=0, verbatim]{#1}\% complete%
  }%
}
\@gtt@keydef{name}{}
\newif\ifgtt@ce@startatleftborder
\ganttset{%
  chart element start border/.is choice,%
  chart element start border/left/.code=\gtt@ce@startatleftbordertrue,%,
  chart element start border/right/.code=\gtt@ce@startatleftborderfalse,%
  chart element start border=left%
}
\newif\ifgtt@inline
\ganttset{%
  inline/.is if=gtt@inline,%
  inline=false%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{option}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{option}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{option}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@lastelement}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@currentelement}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@draw@complete}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@draw@incomplete}
% \begin{intmacro}{\ifgtt@draw@clip}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@left@slot}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@right@slot}
% The macros |\gtt@lastelement| and |\gtt@currentelement| save the name of the current and last chart element drawn. Thereby, the |\ganttlinked...| macros can add a link connecting them. |\ifgtt@draw@complete|, |\ifgtt@draw@incomplete| and |\ifgtt@draw@clip| decide whether to draw the complete and incomplete part of a chart element and if these parts are clipped. |\gtt@left@slot| and |\gtt@right@slot| store a chart element's start and end time slot, respectively.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\gtt@lastelement{}
\def\gtt@currentelement{}
\newif\ifgtt@draw@complete
\newif\ifgtt@draw@incomplete
\newif\ifgtt@draw@clip
\newcount\gtt@left@slot
\newcount\gtt@right@slot

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@chartelement}
% \begin{intmacro}{\local@timeslotmodifier}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@name}
% |\gtt@chartelement|\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{start tss}\marg{end tss}\marg{type}\\is the generic command for drawing chart elements of a certain \meta{type}. First, |\gtt@chartelement| converts \meta{start tss} to |\gtt@left@slot| and \meta{end tss} to |\gtt@right@slot|. Then it calculates the usual coordinates. |\gtt@name| stores the name of the chart element.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\gtt@chartelement[5][]{%
  \begingroup%
  \ganttset{#1}%
  \gtt@tsstojulian{#3}{\gtt@left@slot}%
  \gtt@juliantotimeslot{\gtt@left@slot}{\gtt@left@slot}%
  \gtt@tsstojulian{#4}{\gtt@right@slot}%
  \gtt@juliantotimeslot{\gtt@right@slot}{\gtt@right@slot}%
  \def\local@timeslotmodifier{-1}%
  \ifgtt@ce@startatleftborder\else%
    \ifnum\gtt@left@slot=\gtt@right@slot\relax\else%
      \def\local@timeslotmodifier{0}%
    \fi%
  \fi%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\x@left{%
    (\gtt@left@slot + \local@timeslotmodifier%
      + \ganttvalueof{#5 left shift})%
    * \ganttvalueof{x unit}%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\x@right{%
    (\gtt@right@slot + \ganttvalueof{#5 right shift})%
    * \ganttvalueof{x unit}%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\x@mid{%
    (\x@left + \x@right) / 2%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\x@size{%
    \x@right - \x@left%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\y@upper{%
    \gtt@lasttitleline * \ganttvalueof{y unit title}
    + (\gtt@currentline - \gtt@lasttitleline
    - \ganttvalueof{#5 top shift}) * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart}%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\y@lower{%
    \y@upper - \ganttvalueof{#5 height} * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart}%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\y@mid{%
    (\y@upper + \y@lower) / 2%
  }%
  \pgfmathsetmacro\y@size{%
    \y@upper - \y@lower%
  }%
  \edef\gtt@name{\ganttvalueof{name}}%
  \ifx\gtt@name\@empty\edef\gtt@name{elem\the\gtt@elementid}\fi%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\local@none}
% Depending on the values of \opt{progress} and \opt{today}, we determine the correct value for |\gtt@progress|. A value between 0 and 100 corresponds to a percentage of completeness. A value of 999 indicates that the chart element has no associated progress.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \def\local@none{none}%
  \ifx\gtt@progress\local@none%
    \def\gtt@progress{999}%
  \else%
    \def\@tempa{today}%
    \ifx\gtt@progress\@tempa%
      \edef\@tempa{\ganttvalueof{today}}%
      \ifx\@tempa\local@none%
        \@gtt@PackageWarning{%
          Value of today is `none'. Ignoring `progress=today'%
        }%
        \def\gtt@progress{999}%
      \else\ifnum\gtt@today@slot>\gtt@right@slot\relax%
        \def\gtt@progress{100}%
      \else\ifnum\gtt@today@slot<\gtt@left@slot\relax%
        \def\gtt@progress{0}%
      \else%
        \pgfmathsetmacro\gtt@progress{%
          (\gtt@today@slot - \gtt@left@slot - \local@timeslotmodifier)%
          / (\gtt@right@slot - \gtt@left@slot - \local@timeslotmodifier)%
          * 100%
        }%
      \fi\fi\fi%
    \fi%
  \fi%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\x@clip@size}
% Now we determine whether only the complete part of the chart element, only its incomplete one or both are drawn. In the former two cases, we refrain from clipping the (in)complete part.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \gtt@draw@completetrue%
  \gtt@draw@incompletetrue%
  \gtt@draw@cliptrue%
  \ifdim\gtt@progress pt<0.001pt\relax%
    \gtt@draw@completefalse%
    \gtt@draw@clipfalse%
  \else\ifdim\gtt@progress pt>99.999pt\relax%
    \gtt@draw@incompletefalse%
    \gtt@draw@clipfalse%
  \fi\fi%
  \ifgtt@draw@clip%
    \pgfmathsetmacro\x@clip@size{%
      (\gtt@right@slot - \gtt@left@slot - \local@timeslotmodifier)%
      * \gtt@progress / 100%
    }
    \pgfmathsetmacro\x@clip{%
      (\gtt@left@slot + \local@timeslotmodifier + \x@clip@size%
      + \ganttvalueof{today offset} - 1) * \ganttvalueof{x unit}%
    }%
  \fi%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% We draw the chart element within a |pgfinterruptboundingbox|, since we clip a large area of the canvas in order to avoid removing parts of the chart element border.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \begin{pgfinterruptboundingbox}%
    \begin{scope}%
      \ifgtt@draw@clip%
        \clip (\x@left pt - 10cm, \y@upper pt + 10cm) rectangle
          (\x@clip pt, \y@lower pt - 10cm);%
      \fi%
      \ifgtt@draw@complete%
        \node [/pgfgantt/#5, minimum width=\x@size pt,
               minimum height=\y@size pt]
          (\gtt@name) at (\x@mid pt, \y@mid pt) {};%
      \fi%
    \end{scope}%
    \begin{scope}%
      \ifgtt@draw@clip%
        \clip (\x@clip pt, \y@upper pt + 10cm) rectangle
          (\x@right pt + 10cm, \y@lower pt - 10cm);%
      \fi%
      \ifgtt@draw@incomplete%
        \node [/pgfgantt/#5 incomplete, minimum width=\x@size pt,
               minimum height=\y@size pt]
          (\gtt@name) at (\x@mid pt, \y@mid pt) {};%
      \fi%
    \end{scope}%
  \end{pgfinterruptboundingbox}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% If \opt{progress} differs from |none| and \opt{progress label text} differs from |\relax|, the progress label is drawn.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifdim\gtt@progress pt=999pt\relax\else%
    \expandafter\ifx\gtt@progresslabeltext\relax\relax\else%
      \node at (\gtt@name.\ganttvalueof{#5 progress label anchor})
        [/pgfgantt/#5 progress label node]
        {\gtt@progresslabeltext{\gtt@progress}};%
    \fi%
  \fi%
%    \end{macrocode}
% If \meta{label} is not empty, a label is printed. Its anchor is either at the \textcolor{OliveGreen}{\meta{type}}\opt{ inline label anchor} of the chart element (|inline=true|) or at the left canvas border halfway between the upper and lower $y$-coordinate of the chart element (|inline=false|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \def\@tempa{#2}%
  \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else%
    \ifgtt@inline%
      \node at (\gtt@name.\ganttvalueof{#5 inline label anchor})
        [/pgfgantt/#5 inline label node]
        {\csname gtt@#5labeltext\endcsname{#2}};%
    \else%
      \node at (0, \y@mid pt)
        [/pgfgantt/#5 label node]
        {\csname gtt@#5labeltext\endcsname{#2}};%
    \fi%
  \fi%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Since the first bar clearly appears after the last line containing a title element, we set the boolean |\ifgtt@intitle| to false.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \xdef\gtt@lastelement{\gtt@currentelement}%
  \xdef\gtt@currentelement{\gtt@name}%
  \global\advance\gtt@elementid by1\relax%
  \global\gtt@intitlefalse%
  \endgroup%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{macro}{\newganttchartelement}
% \begin{macro}{\newganttchartelement*}
% |\newganttchartelement| checks whether it was invoked in the starred or nonstarred form and executes |\@newganttchartelement@one| or |\@newganttchartelement@two|, respectively.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\newganttchartelement{%
  \@gtt@ifstar\@newganttchartelement@one\@newganttchartelement@two%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@newganttchartelement@one}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@newganttchartelement@two}
% Both |\@newganttchartelement@one|\marg{type} and |...two|\marg{type} define two macros |\gantt|\meta{type} and |\ganttlinked|\meta{type}, which draw a singular chart element or one that is linked to its predecessor. However, the newly defined macros will take three or four mandatory arguments (cf. |\ganttmilestone| vs. |\ganttbar|). At the end, we execute |\@newganttchartelement@definekeys| to process the second mandatory argument of |\newganttchartelement|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\@newganttchartelement@one[1]{%
  \expandafter\newcommand\csname gantt#1\endcsname[3][]{%
    \gtt@chartelement[##1]{##2}{##3}{##3}{#1}%
  }%
  \expandafter\newcommand\csname ganttlinked#1\endcsname[3][]{%
    \begingroup%
    \ganttset{##1}%
    \gtt@chartelement{##2}{##3}{##3}{#1}%
    \ganttlink{\gtt@lastelement}{\gtt@currentelement}%
    \endgroup%
  }%
  \@newganttchartelement@definekeys{#1}%
}

\newcommand\@newganttchartelement@two[1]{%
  \expandafter\newcommand\csname gantt#1\endcsname[4][]{%
    \gtt@chartelement[##1]{##2}{##3}{##4}{#1}%
  }%
  \expandafter\newcommand\csname ganttlinked#1\endcsname[4][]{%
    \begingroup%
    \ganttset{##1}%
    \gtt@chartelement{##2}{##3}{##4}{#1}%
    \ganttlink{\gtt@lastelement}{\gtt@currentelement}%
    \endgroup%
  }%
  \@newganttchartelement@definekeys{#1}%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@newganttchartelement@definekeys}
% |\@newganttchartelement@definekeys|\marg{type}\marg{key-value list} introduces 14 keys for the newly generated chart element \meta{type}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\@newganttchartelement@definekeys[2]{%
  \@gtt@stylekeydef{#1}{shape=rectangle, inner sep=0pt, draw, fill=white}%
  \@gtt@stylekeydef{#1 incomplete}{/pgfgantt/#1, fill=black!25}%
  \@gtt@keydef{#1 label font}{\normalsize}%
  \@gtt@stylekeydef{#1 label node}{%
    anchor=east, font=\ganttvalueof{#1 label font}%
  }%
  \@gtt@keydef{#1 inline label anchor}{center}%
  \@gtt@stylekeydef{#1 inline label node}{%
    anchor=center, font=\ganttvalueof{#1 label font}%
  }%
  \@gtt@keydef{#1 progress label anchor}{east}%
  \@gtt@keydef{#1 progress label font}{\scriptsize}%
  \@gtt@stylekeydef{#1 progress label node}{%
    anchor=west, font=\ganttvalueof{#1 progress label font}%
  }%
  \@gtt@keydef{#1 left shift}{0}%
  \@gtt@keydef{#1 right shift}{0}%
  \@gtt@keydef{#1 top shift}{.3}%
  \@gtt@keydef{#1 height}{.4}%
  \ganttset{%
    #1 label text/.code={%
      \expandafter\def\csname gtt@#1labeltext\endcsname####1{##1}%
    },%
    #1 label text=\strut##1,%
    #2%
  }%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{macro}{\ganttbar}
% \begin{macro}{\ganttlinkedbar}
% \begin{option}{bar}
% \begin{option}{bar incomplete}
% \begin{option}{bar label text}
% \begin{option}{bar label font}
% \begin{option}{bar label node}
% \begin{option}{bar inline label anchor}
% \begin{option}{bar inline label node}
% \begin{option}{bar progress label anchor}
% \begin{option}{bar progress label font}
% \begin{option}{bar progress label node}
% \begin{option}{bar left shift}
% \begin{option}{bar right shift}
% \begin{option}{bar top shift}
% \begin{option}{bar height}
% Code for the predefined chart element type |bar|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newganttchartelement{bar}{%
  bar/.style={shape=ganttbar, inner sep=0pt, draw, fill=white},%
  bar incomplete/.style={/pgfgantt/bar, fill=black!25},%
  bar label text=\strut#1,%
  bar label font=\normalsize,%
  bar label node/.style={%
    anchor=east, font=\ganttvalueof{bar label font}%
  },%
  bar inline label anchor=center,%
  bar inline label node/.style={%
    anchor=center, font=\ganttvalueof{bar label font}%
  },%
  bar progress label anchor=east,%
  bar progress label font=\scriptsize,%
  bar progress label node/.style={%
    anchor=west, font=\ganttvalueof{bar progress label font}%
  },%
  bar left shift=0,%
  bar right shift=0,%
  bar top shift=.3,%
  bar height=.4%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \clearpage 
% \begin{macro}{\ganttgroup}
% \begin{macro}{\ganttlinkedgroup}
% \begin{option}{group}
% \begin{option}{group incomplete}
% \begin{option}{group label text}
% \begin{option}{group label font}
% \begin{option}{group label node}
% \begin{option}{group inline label anchor}
% \begin{option}{group inline label node}
% \begin{option}{group progress label anchor}
% \begin{option}{group progress label font}
% \begin{option}{group progress label node}
% \begin{option}{group left shift}
% \begin{option}{group right shift}
% \begin{option}{group top shift}
% \begin{option}{group height}
% Code for the predefined chart element type |group|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newganttchartelement{group}{%
  group/.style={shape=ganttgroup, inner sep=0pt, fill=black},%
  group incomplete/.style={/pgfgantt/group, fill=black!25},%
  group label text=\strut#1,%
  group label font=\bfseries,%
  group label node/.style={%
    anchor=east, font=\ganttvalueof{group label font}%
  },%
  group inline label anchor=center,%
  group inline label node/.style={%
    anchor=south, font=\ganttvalueof{group label font}%
  },%
  group progress label anchor=east,%
  group progress label font=\scriptsize,%
  group progress label node/.style={%
    anchor=west, font=\ganttvalueof{group progress label font}%
  },%
  group left shift=-.1,%
  group right shift=.1,%
  group top shift=.4,%
  group height=.2%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{option}{group right peak tip position}
% \begin{option}{group right peak width}
% \begin{option}{group right peak height}
% \begin{option}{group left peak tip position}
% \begin{option}{group left peak width}
% \begin{option}{group left peak height}
% \begin{option}{group peaks tip position}
% \begin{option}{group peaks width}
% \begin{option}{group peaks height}
% More keys for the appearance of groups.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@gtt@keydef{group right peak tip position}{.5}
\@gtt@keydef{group right peak width}{.4}
\@gtt@keydef{group right peak height}{.1}
\@gtt@keydef{group left peak tip position}{.5}
\@gtt@keydef{group left peak width}{.4}
\@gtt@keydef{group left peak height}{.1}
\ganttset{%
  group peaks tip position/.code={%
    \ganttset{%
      group left peak tip position=#1,%
      group right peak tip position=#1%
    }%
  },%
  group peaks width/.code={%
    \ganttset{%
      group left peak width=#1,%
      group right peak width=#1%
    }%
  },%
  group peaks height/.code={%
    \ganttset{%
      group left peak height=#1,%
      group right peak height=#1%
    }%
  }%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \begin{macro}{\ganttmilestone}
% \begin{macro}{\ganttlinkedmilestone}
% \begin{option}{milestone}
% \begin{option}{milestone incomplete}
% \begin{option}{milestone label text}
% \begin{option}{milestone label font}
% \begin{option}{milestone label node}
% \begin{option}{milestone inline label anchor}
% \begin{option}{milestone inline label node}
% \begin{option}{milestone progress label anchor}
% \begin{option}{milestone progress label font}
% \begin{option}{milestone progress label node}
% \begin{option}{milestone left shift}
% \begin{option}{milestone right shift}
% \begin{option}{milestone top shift}
% \begin{option}{milestone height}
% Code for the predefined chart element type |milestone|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newganttchartelement*{milestone}{%
  milestone/.style={%
    shape=ganttmilestone, inner sep=0pt, draw, fill=black%
  },%
  milestone incomplete/.style={/pgfgantt/milestone, fill=black!25},%
  milestone label text=\strut#1,%
  milestone label font=\itshape,%
  milestone label node/.style={%
    anchor=east, font=\ganttvalueof{milestone label font}%
  },%
  milestone inline label anchor=center,%
  milestone inline label node/.style={%
    anchor=south, font=\ganttvalueof{milestone label font}%
  },%
  milestone progress label anchor=center,%
  milestone progress label font=\scriptsize,%
  milestone progress label node/.style={%
    anchor=west, font=\ganttvalueof{milestone progress label font}%
  },%
  milestone left shift=.6,%
  milestone right shift=.4,%
  milestone top shift=.3,%
  milestone height=.4%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% 
% 
% \subsection{Node Shapes}
% 
% \begin{option}{on top fraction}
% \begin{option}{on bottom fraction}
% \begin{option}{on left fraction}
% \begin{option}{on right fraction}
% Keys for configuring the additional anchors of the new node shapes.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@gtt@keydef{on top fraction}{.5}
\@gtt@keydef{on bottom fraction}{.5}
\@gtt@keydef{on left fraction}{.5}
\@gtt@keydef{on right fraction}{.5}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% Code for node shape |ganttbar|. Anchors and background path derive from node shape |rectangle|. The four additional anchors |on top|, |on bottom|, |on left| and |on right| are defined.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfdeclareshape{ganttbar}{
  \inheritsavedanchors[from=rectangle]
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{center}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{mid}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{base}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{north}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{south}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{west}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{mid west}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{base west}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{north west}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{south west}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{east}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{mid east}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{base east}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{north east}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{south east}
  \inheritanchorborder[from=rectangle]
  \anchor{on top}{
    \southwest
    \pgf@xa=\pgf@x
    \northeast
    \pgf@xb=\pgf@x
    \advance\pgf@xb by-\pgf@xa
    \pgf@xb=\ganttvalueof{on top fraction}\pgf@xb
    \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@xb
    \pgf@x=\pgf@xa
  }
  \anchor{on bottom}{
    \northeast
    \pgf@xb=\pgf@x
    \southwest
    \pgf@xa=\pgf@x
    \advance\pgf@xb by-\pgf@xa
    \pgf@xb=\ganttvalueof{on bottom fraction}\pgf@xb
    \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@xb
    \pgf@x=\pgf@xa
  }
  \anchor{on left}{
    \northeast
    \pgf@ya=\pgf@y
    \southwest
    \pgf@yb=\pgf@y
    \advance\pgf@yb by-\pgf@ya
    \pgf@yb=\ganttvalueof{on left fraction}\pgf@yb
    \advance\pgf@ya by\pgf@yb
    \pgf@y=\pgf@ya
  }
  \anchor{on right}{
    \southwest
    \pgf@yb=\pgf@y
    \northeast
    \pgf@ya=\pgf@y
    \advance\pgf@yb by-\pgf@ya
    \pgf@yb=\ganttvalueof{on right fraction}\pgf@yb
    \advance\pgf@ya by\pgf@yb
    \pgf@y=\pgf@ya
  }
  \inheritbackgroundpath[from=rectangle]
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% Code for node shape |ganttgroup|. Anchors derive from node shape |ganttbar|. The two additional anchors |left peak| and |right peak| are defined.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfdeclareshape{ganttgroup}{
  \inheritsavedanchors[from=rectangle]
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{center}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{mid}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{base}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{north}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{south}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{west}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{mid west}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{base west}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{north west}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{south west}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{east}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{mid east}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{base east}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{north east}
  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{south east}
  \inheritanchorborder[from=rectangle]
  \inheritanchor[from=ganttbar]{on top}
  \inheritanchor[from=ganttbar]{on bottom}
  \inheritanchor[from=ganttbar]{on left}
  \inheritanchor[from=ganttbar]{on right}
  \anchor{left peak}{
    \pgf@process{
      \pgfpointadd{
        \southwest
      }{
        \pgfpoint%
          {\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/outer xsep}}%
          {\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/outer ysep}}
      }
    }
    \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{
      \pgf@x + \ganttvalueof{group left peak tip position}
      * \ganttvalueof{group left peak width} * \ganttvalueof{x unit}
    }
    \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@y{
      \pgf@y - \ganttvalueof{group left peak height}
               * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart}
    }
  }
  \anchor{right peak}{
    \pgf@process{
      \pgfpointadd{
        \northeast
      }{
        \pgfpointscale{-1}{
          \pgfpoint%
            {\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/outer xsep}}%
            {\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/outer ysep}}
        }
      }
    }
    \pgf@xa=\pgf@x
    \pgf@process{
      \pgfpointadd{
        \southwest
      }{
        \pgfpoint%
          {\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/outer xsep}}%
          {\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/outer ysep}}
      }
    }
    \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@x{
      \pgf@xa - \ganttvalueof{group right peak tip position}
      * \ganttvalueof{group right peak width} * \ganttvalueof{x unit}
    }
    \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@y{
      \pgf@y - \ganttvalueof{group right peak height}
               * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart}
    }
  }
  \backgroundpath{
    \pgf@process{
      \pgfpointadd{
        \northeast
      }{
        \pgfpointscale{-1}{
          \pgfpoint%
            {\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/outer xsep}}%
            {\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/outer ysep}}
        }
      }
    }
    \pgf@xb=\pgf@x
    \pgf@ya=\pgf@y
    \pgf@process{
      \pgfpointadd{
        \southwest
      }{
        \pgfpoint%
          {\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/outer xsep}}%
          {\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/outer ysep}}
      }
    }
    \pgf@xa=\pgf@x
    \pgf@yb=\pgf@y
    \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}}
    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@ya}}
    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}}
    \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@xc{
      \pgf@xb - \ganttvalueof{group right peak tip position}
      * \ganttvalueof{group right peak width} * \ganttvalueof{x unit}
    }
    \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@yc{
      \pgf@yb - \ganttvalueof{group right peak height}
                * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart}
    }
    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}
    \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@xc{
      \pgf@xb - \ganttvalueof{group right peak width}
                * \ganttvalueof{x unit}
    }
    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yb}}
    \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@xc{
      \pgf@xa + \ganttvalueof{group left peak width}
                * \ganttvalueof{x unit}
    }
    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yb}}
    \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@xc{
      \pgf@xa + \ganttvalueof{group left peak tip position}
      * \ganttvalueof{group left peak width} * \ganttvalueof{x unit}
    }
    \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@yc{
      \pgf@yb - \ganttvalueof{group left peak height}
                * \ganttvalueof{y unit chart}
    }
    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}
    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@yb}}
    \pgfpathclose
  }
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% Code for node shape |ganttmilestone|. Anchors and background path derive from node shape |diamond|. The four additional anchors |on top|, |on bottom|, |on left| and |on right| are defined.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\pgfdeclareshape{ganttmilestone}{
  \inheritsavedanchors[from=diamond]
  \inheritanchor[from=diamond]{text}
  \inheritanchor[from=diamond]{center}
  \inheritanchor[from=diamond]{mid}
  \inheritanchor[from=diamond]{base}
  \inheritanchor[from=diamond]{north}
  \inheritanchor[from=diamond]{south}
  \inheritanchor[from=diamond]{west}
  \inheritanchor[from=diamond]{north west}
  \inheritanchor[from=diamond]{south west}
  \inheritanchor[from=diamond]{east}
  \inheritanchor[from=diamond]{north east}
  \inheritanchor[from=diamond]{south east}
  \inheritanchorborder[from=diamond]
  \inheritbackgroundpath[from=diamond]
  \anchor{on top}{
    \pgf@process{\outernortheast}
    \pgf@xa=2\pgf@x
    \pgf@x=-\pgf@x
    \advance\pgf@x by\ganttvalueof{on top fraction}\pgf@xa
    \pgf@ya=2\pgf@y
    \pgf@y=0pt
    \pgfmathparse{
      \ganttvalueof{on top fraction} < 0.5
      ? \ganttvalueof{on top fraction}
      : 1 - \ganttvalueof{on top fraction}
    }
    \advance\pgf@y by\pgfmathresult\pgf@ya
  }
  \anchor{on bottom}{
    \pgf@process{\outernortheast}
    \pgf@xa=2\pgf@x
    \pgf@x=-\pgf@x
    \advance\pgf@x by\ganttvalueof{on bottom fraction}\pgf@xa
    \pgf@ya=-2\pgf@y
    \pgf@y=0pt
    \pgfmathparse{
      \ganttvalueof{on bottom fraction} < 0.5
      ? \ganttvalueof{on bottom fraction}
      : 1 - \ganttvalueof{on bottom fraction}
    }
    \advance\pgf@y by\pgfmathresult\pgf@ya
  }
  \anchor{on right}{
    \pgf@process{\outernortheast}
    \pgf@ya=-2\pgf@y
    \advance\pgf@y by\ganttvalueof{on right fraction}\pgf@ya
    \pgf@xa=2\pgf@x
    \pgf@x=0pt
    \pgfmathparse{
      \ganttvalueof{on right fraction} < 0.5
      ? \ganttvalueof{on right fraction}
      : 1 - \ganttvalueof{on right fraction}
    }
    \advance\pgf@x by\pgfmathresult\pgf@xa
  }
  \anchor{on left}{
    \pgf@process{\outernortheast}
    \pgf@ya=-2\pgf@y
    \advance\pgf@y by\ganttvalueof{on left fraction}\pgf@ya
    \pgf@xa=-2\pgf@x
    \pgf@x=0pt
    \pgfmathparse{
      \ganttvalueof{on left fraction} < 0.5
      ? \ganttvalueof{on left fraction}
      : 1 - \ganttvalueof{on left fraction}
    }
    \advance\pgf@x by\pgfmathresult\pgf@xa
  }
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% \subsection{Links}
% \label{ssc:ImplLinks}
% 
% \begin{option}{link}
% \begin{option}{link type}
% \begin{option}{link label}
% \begin{option}{link label font}
% \begin{option}{link label node}
% Keys for configuring links.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@gtt@stylekeydef{link}{-latex, rounded corners=1pt}
\@gtt@keydef{link type}{auto}
\@gtt@keydef{link label}{}
\@gtt@keydef{link label font}{\scriptsize\itshape}
\@gtt@stylekeydef{link label node}{%
  anchor=west, font=\ganttvalueof{link label font}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \begin{macro}{\newganttlinktype}
% |\newganttlinktype|\marg{type}\marg{code} stores \meta{code} in an internal macro\\|\@gtt@linktype@|\meta{type}, which is later called by |\gtt@drawlink|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\newganttlinktype[2]{%
  \expandafter\def\csname @gtt@linktype@#1\endcsname{#2}%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\setganttlinklabel}
% |\setganttlinklabel|\marg{type}\marg{label} stores a given \meta{label} in an internal macro |\@gtt@linktype@|\meta{type}|@label|, which is later used by |\gtt@drawlink|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\setganttlinklabel[2]{%
  \expandafter\def\csname @gtt@linktype@#1@label\endcsname{#2}%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\newganttlinktypealias}
% |\newganttlinktypealias|\marg{new link type}\marg{existing link type} copies both the link code and label of an \meta{existing link type} into the internal macros associated with a \meta{new link type}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\newganttlinktypealias[2]{%
  \expandafter\def\csname @gtt@linktype@#1\endcsname{%
    \csname @gtt@linktype@#2\endcsname%
  }%
  \expandafter\def\csname @gtt@linktype@#1@label\endcsname{%
    \csname @gtt@linktype@#2@label\endcsname%
  }%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{option}{link mid}
% \begin{option}{link bulge}
% \begin{option}{link tolerance}
% We will define three link subtypes for the type |auto|, which require the following keys:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@gtt@keydef{link mid}{.5}
\@gtt@keydef{link bulge}{.4}
\@gtt@keydef{link tolerance}{.6}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% \end{option}
% (1) |r| (short for ``right'') draws a straight arrow. Note that |r| and |default| are alias types.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newganttlinktype{r}{%
  \draw [/pgfgantt/link]
    (\xLeft, \yUpper) --
    (\xRight, \yLower)
    node [pos=.5, /pgfgantt/link label node] {\ganttlinklabel};
}
\newganttlinktypealias{default}{r}

%    \end{macrocode}
% (2) |rdr| (``right-down-right'') is an unlabeled three-part arrow. The value of \opt{link mid} sets the position of the middle segment.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newganttlinktype{rdr}{%
  \draw [/pgfgantt/link]
    (\xLeft, \yUpper) --
    ($(\xLeft, \yUpper)!\ganttvalueof{link mid}!
      (\xRight, \yUpper)$) --
    ($(\xLeft, \yLower)!\ganttvalueof{link mid}!
      (\xRight, \yLower)$) --
    (\xRight, \yLower);%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% (3) |rdldr| (``right-down-left-down-right'') is an unlabeled five-part arrow, which considers the values of \opt{link bulge} and \opt{link mid}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newganttlinktype{rdldr}{%
  \draw [/pgfgantt/link]
    (\xLeft, \yUpper) --
    (\xLeft + \ganttvalueof{link bulge} * \ganttvalueof{x unit},
      \yUpper) --
    ($(\xLeft + \ganttvalueof{link bulge} * \ganttvalueof{x unit},
      \yUpper)!%
      \ganttvalueof{link mid}!%
      (\xLeft + \ganttvalueof{link bulge} * \ganttvalueof{x unit},
      \yLower)$) --
    ($(\xRight - \ganttvalueof{link bulge} * \ganttvalueof{x unit},
      \yUpper)!%
      \ganttvalueof{link mid}!%
      (\xRight - \ganttvalueof{link bulge} * \ganttvalueof{x unit},
      \yLower)$) --
    (\xRight - \ganttvalueof{link bulge} * \ganttvalueof{x unit},
      \yLower) --
    (\xRight, \yLower);%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% Now we may define linke type |auto|: The first and last coordinate of the link should touch the preceding or following element at the center of its right or left border, respectively. We check if the connected elements lie in the same row or not (i. e., their $y$-coordinates differ at most 1~pt). In the latter case, |\pgfmathparse| yields 0.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newganttlinktype{auto}{%
  \pgfmathparse{abs(\yUpper - \yLower) <= 1}%
  \ifcase\pgfmathresult%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Once again, two possibilities arise: Either the elements to be connected are at least separated by \opt{link tolerance} time slots, in which case we draw a three-part arrow (i. e., link type |rdr|). Alternatively, the elements lie in adjacent time slots or even overlap, in which case we draw a five-part arrow (i. e., link type |rdldr|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \pgfmathparse{
      (\xRight - \xLeft)
      >= \ganttvalueof{link tolerance} * \ganttvalueof{x unit}
    }%
    \ifcase\pgfmathresult%
      \gtt@drawlink{rdldr}%
    \else%
      \gtt@drawlink{rdr}%
    \fi%
%    \end{macrocode}
% For elements that lie in the same row, we draw a simple arrow (i. e., link type |r|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \else%
    \gtt@drawlink{r}%
  \fi%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The |dr| type is explained in section~\ref{ssc:Links}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newganttlinktype{dr}{%
  \ganttsetstartanchor{south}%
  \ganttsetendanchor{west}%
  \draw [/pgfgantt/link]
    (\xLeft, \yUpper) --
    (\xLeft, \yLower)
    node [pos=.5, /pgfgantt/link label node] {\ganttlinklabel} --
    (\xRight, \yLower);%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% Here is the definition of the four straight link types and their labels.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newganttlinktype{s-s}{%
  \ganttsetstartanchor{south west}%
  \ganttsetendanchor{north west}%
  \draw [/pgfgantt/link]
    (\xLeft, \yUpper) --
    (\xRight, \yLower)
    node [pos=.5, /pgfgantt/link label node] {\ganttlinklabel};
}
\setganttlinklabel{s-s}{start-to-start}

\newganttlinktype{s-f}{%
  \ganttsetstartanchor{on bottom=0}%
  \ganttsetendanchor{on top=1}%
  \draw [/pgfgantt/link]
    (\xLeft, \yUpper) --
    (\xRight, \yLower)
    node [pos=.5, /pgfgantt/link label node] {\ganttlinklabel};
}
\setganttlinklabel{s-f}{start-to-finish}

\newganttlinktype{f-s}{%
  \ganttsetstartanchor{south east}%
  \ganttsetendanchor{north west}%
  \draw [/pgfgantt/link]
    (\xLeft, \yUpper) --
    (\xRight, \yLower)
    node [pos=.5, /pgfgantt/link label node] {\ganttlinklabel};
}
\setganttlinklabel{f-s}{finish-to-start}

\newganttlinktype{f-f}{%
  \ganttsetstartanchor{south east}%
  \ganttsetendanchor{north east}%
  \draw [/pgfgantt/link]
    (\xLeft, \yUpper) --
    (\xRight, \yLower)
    node [pos=.5, /pgfgantt/link label node] {\ganttlinklabel};
}
\setganttlinklabel{f-f}{finish-to-finish}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \begin{intmacro}{\gtt@drawlink}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@currlinktype}
% |\gtt@drawlink|\marg{link type} first checks if the \meta{link type} is defined, falling back to type |default| if it is unknown. |\@gtt@currlinktype| stores the link type for future reference.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\gtt@drawlink[1]{%
  \@ifundefined{@gtt@linktype@#1}{%
    \@gtt@PackageWarning{Link type `#1' unknown, using `default'.}%
    \def\@gtt@currlinktype{default}%
  }{%
    \def\@gtt@currlinktype{#1}%
  }%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@currlabel}
% \begin{macro}{\ganttlinklabel}
% If the \opt{link label} key contains any value, it locally overrides the label set by |\setganttlinklabel|. |\ganttlinklabel| is defined accordingly.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \edef\@gtt@currlabel{\ganttvalueof{link label}}%
  \ifx\@gtt@currlabel\@empty%
    \def\ganttlinklabel{%
      \csname @gtt@linktype@\@gtt@currlinktype @label\endcsname%
    }%
  \else%
    \edef\ganttlinklabel{%
      \ganttvalueof{link label}%
    }%
  \fi%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{intmacro}
% Finally, we call the internal macro that stores the code for the desired link type.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \csname @gtt@linktype@\@gtt@currlinktype\endcsname%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@link@anchor}
% We need the following keys for setting the start and end anchor of a link: Whenever a key |/pgfgantt/link anchor/|\meta{anchor} is undefined, \pack{pgfgantt} stores \meta{anchor} in |\@gtt@link@anchor|. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ganttset{%
  link anchor/.unknown/.code={%
    \edef\@gtt@link@anchor{\pgfkeyscurrentname}%
  },%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@linkanchordef}
% |\@gtt@linkanchordef|\marg{anchor} deals with the anchors |on top| etc.: It creates a code key |/pgfgantt/link anchor/|\meta{anchor}, which stores its own name in |\@gtt@link@anchor| and sets the appropriate \opt{\dots fraction} key.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@gtt@linkanchordef#1{%
  \ganttset{%
    link anchor/#1/.code={%
      \edef\@gtt@link@anchor{#1}%
      \ganttset{#1 fraction=##1}%
    },%
    link anchor/#1/.default=.5%
  }%
}
\@gtt@linkanchordef{on top}
\@gtt@linkanchordef{on bottom}
\@gtt@linkanchordef{on left}
\@gtt@linkanchordef{on right}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@setstartanchor}
% \begin{macro}{\xLeft}
% \begin{macro}{\yUpper}
% |\@gtt@setstartanchor|\marg{anchor} recalls the coordinates of the anchor stored in |\@gtt@link@anchor| from chart element |\@gtt@link@startelement|. It stores these coordinates in the auxiliary macros |\xLeft| and |\yUpper|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\@gtt@setstartanchor[1]{%
  \pgfqkeys{/pgfgantt/link anchor}{#1}%
  \pgfpointanchor{\@gtt@link@startelement}{\@gtt@link@anchor}%
  \edef\xLeft{\the\pgf@x}%
  \edef\yUpper{\the\pgf@y}%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@setendanchor}
% \begin{macro}{\xRight}
% \begin{macro}{\yLower}
% |\@gtt@setendanchor|\marg{anchor} is similar to the command above. However, it stores the anchor coordinates in the auxiliary macros |\xRight| and |\yLower|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\@gtt@setendanchor[1]{%
  \pgfqkeys{/pgfgantt/link anchor}{#1}%
  \pgfpointanchor{\@gtt@link@endelement}{\@gtt@link@anchor}%
  \edef\xRight{\the\pgf@x}%
  \edef\yLower{\the\pgf@y}%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{macro}{\ganttlink}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@link@startelement}
% \begin{intmacro}{\@gtt@link@endelement}
% |\ganttlink|\oarg{options}\marg{E1}\marg{E2} executes the \meta{options} and stores the names of the connected elements \meta{E1} and \meta{E2} in |\@gtt@link@startelement| and |\@gtt@link@endelement|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\ganttlink[3][]{%
  \begingroup%
  \ganttset{#1}%
  \def\@gtt@link@startelement{#2}%
  \def\@gtt@link@endelement{#3}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{intmacro}
% \end{intmacro}
% \begin{macro}{\ganttsetstartanchor}
% \begin{macro}{\ganttsetendanchor}
% |\ganttsetstartanchor| and |\ganttsetendanchor| are only valid in the second argument of |\newganttlinktype|. Since you may wish to omit one of those commands, we set default anchors for the link.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \let\ganttsetstartanchor\@gtt@setstartanchor%
  \let\ganttsetendanchor\@gtt@setendanchor%
  \ganttsetstartanchor{east}%
  \ganttsetendanchor{west}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% We call |\gtt@drawlink| with the value of \opt{link type}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \gtt@drawlink{\ganttvalueof{link type}}%
  \endgroup%
}

%    \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \iffalse
%</pgfgantt>
% \fi
% \Finale
\endinput